0612CT0101R0614 92877 Catalog
109738-Attachment 109738-Attachment 109738-Attachment 785901 Batch5 unilog cesco-content
2014-07-05
: Pdf 92877-Catalog 92877-Catalog 785901 Batch5 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 156
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Catalog 0612CT0101 R06/14 2014 Class 0612 CONTENTS Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Electronic Trip Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Dimensional Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Trip Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Catalog Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 ™ PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................... 7 SECTION 2: ELECTRONIC TRIP SYSTEMS ................................................................. 22 SECTION 3: POWERPACT M-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS .......... 38 SECTION 4: POWERPACT P-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........... 41 SECTION 5: POWERPACT R-FRAME CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...................................... 52 SECTION 6: COMPACT NS630B–NS1600 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................... 61 SECTION 7: COMPACT NS1600B–NS3200 CIRCUIT BREAKER ................................ 66 SECTION 8: ACCESSORIES .......................................................................................... 69 SECTION 9: P-FRAME CRADLES AND CRADLE ACCESSORIES ............................. 91 SECTION 10: DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ...................................................................... 97 SECTION 11: TRIP CURVES .......................................................................................... 135 SECTION 12: CATALOG NUMBERS ............................................................................. 149 2 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2013 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION ...........................................................................7 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 7 Features and Benefits ..................................................................................................................... 7 Specifications .................................................................................................................................. 8 Codes and Standards ...................................................................................................................... 8 Circuit Breaker Ratings ................................................................................................................... 9 Enclosure Sizes ............................................................................................................................. 11 Operating Conditions ..................................................................................................................... 11 Trip System ................................................................................................................................... 12 Motor Circuit Protectors ................................................................................................................. 13 Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 13 Internal Operating Mechanism ...................................................................................................... 14 Push-to-Trip Button ....................................................................................................................... 14 Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections ................................................................................... 14 Catalog Numbering System .......................................................................................................... 16 Testing Requirements ................................................................................................................... 20 SECTION 2: ELECTRONIC TRIP SYSTEMS ..................................................................22 Type ET Electronic Trip System .................................................................................................... 22 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Systems ............................................................................................ 23 Protection Settings............................................................................................................. 27 Ammeter Measurements.................................................................................................... 27 Communication Network.................................................................................................... 27 Protection Settings............................................................................................................. 29 Maintenance Record.......................................................................................................... 29 Load Shedding and Reconnection Parameters ................................................................. 29 Indication Option Via Programmable Contacts .................................................................. 30 Real-Time Metering ........................................................................................................... 32 Demand Metering .............................................................................................................. 32 Metering ............................................................................................................................. 33 Waveform Capture............................................................................................................. 33 Customized Alarm Programming ....................................................................................... 34 Event Logs ......................................................................................................................... 34 Additional Characteristics for Type P and H Trip Units...................................................... 34 Long-Time Trip Functions .................................................................................................. 35 Short-Time Trip Functions ................................................................................................. 35 Instantaneous Trip Function .............................................................................................. 35 Ground-Fault Trip Functions .............................................................................................. 36 SECTION 3: POWERPACT M-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...........38 Performance .................................................................................................................................. 38 Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 39 Termination Information ................................................................................................................ 39 Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 39 Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 40 SECTION 4: POWERPACT P-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............41 Performance .................................................................................................................................. 41 Catalog Numbers .......................................................................................................................... 42 Continuous Current Rating ............................................................................................................ 46 Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 46 Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 47 Motor Circuit Protectors ................................................................................................................. 48 Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 49 3 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 49 Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 49 SECTION 5: POWERPACT R-FRAME CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...................................... 52 Performance .................................................................................................................................. 52 Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 53 Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 58 Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 58 Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 59 Continuous Current Rating ............................................................................................................ 59 Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 59 SECTION 6: COMPACT NS630B–NS1600 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................... 61 Performance .................................................................................................................................. 61 Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 63 Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 65 Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers ........................................................................................... 65 Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 65 Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 65 Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 65 Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 65 SECTION 7: COMPACT NS1600B–NS3200 CIRCUIT BREAKER ................................ 66 Performance .................................................................................................................................. 66 Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 67 Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 67 Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 67 Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 68 Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 68 Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 68 SECTION 8: ACCESSORIES .......................................................................................... 69 Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 69 Electrical Accessories .................................................................................................................... 71 Auxiliary Switch (OF):......................................................................................................... 73 Alarm Switch (SD) .............................................................................................................. 73 Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE)........................................................................................... 73 Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories ................................................................................................ 76 Display Options ............................................................................................................................. 82 Test Equipment ............................................................................................................................. 84 Circuit Breaker Terminations ......................................................................................................... 85 External Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 88 Locking Accessories ...................................................................................................................... 89 Sub-Feed Lugs .............................................................................................................................. 90 SECTION 9: P-FRAME CRADLES AND CRADLE ACCESSORIES ............................. 91 Circuit Breaker and Cradle Design ................................................................................................ 91 Cradle Accessories ........................................................................................................................ 92 Cradle Locking and Interlocking .................................................................................................... 94 Open Door Racking Interlock ........................................................................................................ 94 Miscellaneous Accessories ........................................................................................................... 94 Wiring Diagrams ............................................................................................................................ 95 4 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers SECTION 10: DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS .......................................................................97 Dimensions for M-Frame Circuit Breakers .................................................................................... 97 Dimensions for P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers ............................................... 100 Dimensions for R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers ............................................. 124 SECTION 11: TRIP CURVES ...........................................................................................135 SECTION 12: CATALOG NUMBERS ..............................................................................149 5 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers 6 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Section 1—General Information Introduction PowerPact™ M-frame, P-frame and R-frame and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip molded case circuit breakers are designed to protect electrical systems from damage caused by overloads, short circuits, and ground faults. All circuit breakers are designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overcurrent. Electronic trip molded case circuit breakers use an electronic trip system to signal the circuit breaker to open automatically. The PowerPact M-frame (800 A frame size), P-frame (1200 A frame size) and R-frame (3000 A frame size) circuit breakers are dual rated to UL489 and IEC 60947-2. The Compact NS630b–NS1600 (1600 A frame size) and NS1600b–NS3200 (3200 A frame) circuit breakers are rated to IEC 60947-2 only. M-frame molded case circuit breakers are equipped with a basic ET1.0 electronic trip system, which has a fixed long-time (overload) setting and an adjustable instantaneous (short-circuit) trip setting. P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 molded case circuit breakers are available with either a basic ET 1.0I electronic trip system or with a more advanced Micrologic™ trip system. Electronic trip motor circuit protectors (trip system ET 1.0M), which trip on short circuit only, and automatic molded case switches, which trip at a predetermined self-protection level only, are also available for special applications. All of these circuit breakers are available labeled as Square D™ or Schneider Electric™ (formerly Merlin Gerin™, Federal Pioneer™, or Federal Pacific™). For information on other Square D brand PowerPact molded case circuit breakers, see the Class 611 catalog PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers. Features and Benefits M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers: • • • • • Provide overload and short-circuit protection Are true RMS sensing devices Provide means to manually disconnect power to the circuit Provide enhanced coordination by their adjustability Provide high interrupting ratings and withstand ratings Circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units can also: • • • • • Provide integral equipment ground-fault protection or alarm Provide communications Provide power monitoring Provide protective relaying functions Provide zone-selective interlocking (ZSI), which can reduce damage in the event of a fault 7 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Specifications Electronic trip molded case circuit breakers have a molded case made of a glass-reinforced insulating material (thermal set composite resin) that provides high dielectric strength. These circuit breakers: • Are available in either dual-rated Underwriters Laboratory® (UL®) / International Electrotechnical Commission® (IEC®) or IEC-only constructions • Are also Canadian Standard Association® (CSA®) and Association of the Electrical Sector® (ANCE®) certified (dual-rated UL/IEC circuit breakers only) • • • Are manufactured in unit-mount, I-Line™ and drawout (P-frame and NS630b–NS1600) constructions • • • • • • Share common tripping of all poles Are available with either type ET or Micrologic electronic tripping systems Provide optional power monitoring, communications, protective relaying, integral ground-fault protection for equipment and zone-selective interlocking functions Can be mounted and operated in any position Are equipped with an externally-accessible test port for use with hand-held and full-function test sets Are available in motor circuit protector and automatic molded case switch constructions Can be reverse connected, without restrictive LINE and LOAD markings Meet the requirements of National Electrical Code® (NEC®) Sections 240.6 by providing a means to seal the rating plug and trip unit adjustments Codes and Standards M-, P- and R-frame, and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers and switches are manufactured and tested in accordance with the following standards: Table 1: Standards M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breakers P- and R-Frame Switches NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers NS630b–NS3200 Switches UL 4891 IEC Standard 60947-2 CSA C22.2 No 5 Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN NEMA AB1 NMX J-266 UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE, CCC UL 4892 IEC Standard 60947-3 CSA C22.2 No 5 Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN NEMA AB1 NMX J-266 UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE IEC Standard 60947-2 Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN NEMA AB1 UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE IEC Standard 60947-3 Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN NEMA AB1 UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE 1 PowerPact M-frame circuit breaker is in UL File E10027. PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker is in UL File E63335. PowerPact R-frame circuit breaker is in UL FIle E10027. 2 PowerPact P-frame switch is in UL File E103740. PowerPact R-frame switch is in UL FIle E33117. Circuit breakers should be applied according to guidelines detailed in the NEC and other local wiring codes. 8 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Circuit Breaker Ratings Interrupting Rating The interrupting rating is the highest current at rated voltage the circuit breaker is designed to safely interrupt under standard test conditions. Circuit breakers must be selected with interrupting ratings equal to or greater than the available short-circuit current at the point where the circuit breaker is applied to the system (unless it is a branch device in a series rated combination). Interrupting ratings are shown on the front of the circuit breaker. For grounded B phase interrupting ratings, see Data Bulletin 2700DB0202. Table 2: UL/IEC Circuit Breaker Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA Rating (60 Hz) Circuit Breaker1 Grounded B Phase (1Ø-3Ø) 3 Phase 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac 2P Icu 380/415 Vac Ics Icu Ics MG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 65 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA MJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA PG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 65 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA PJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA PK 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 65 kA 50 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA PL 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA 65 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA 20 kA RG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA RJ 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 100 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA RK 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 55 kA RL 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 125 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA 1 Table 3: IEC 60947-2 Rating (50/60 Hz) The K interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc. IEC Only Circuit Breaker Interrupting Ratings (50/60 Hz) Circuit Breaker 220/240 Vac 380/415 Vac 440 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu 500/525 Vac 660/690 Vac Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Interrupting Rating Electrically Operated NS630b–NS1600 N Interrupting Rating 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA 22 kA NS630b–NS1600 H Interrupting Rating 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 35 kA 65 kA 32 kA 50 kA 25 kA 42 kA 21 kA NS630b–NS1000 L Interrupting Rating 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — — NS630b–NS1600 N Interrupting Rating 85 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 40 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA NS630b–NS1600 H Interrupting Rating 85 kA 52 kA 70 kA 52 kA 65 kA 48 kA 50 kA 37 kA 42 kA 31 kA NS630b–NS1000 L Interrupting Rating 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — — NS630b–NS800 R Interrupting Rating 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 100 kA 75 kA 75 kA Manually Operated NS1600b–NS3200 N Interrupting Rating 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 52 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA NS1600b–NS3200 H Interrupting Rating 125 kA 94 kA 85 kA 64 kA 85 kA 64 kA — — — — 9 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Application Ratings The voltage rating is the highest voltage for the electrical system on which the circuit breaker can be applied. The frequency rating indicates the system frequency for which the circuit breaker is intended. The withstand rating is used to improve system coordination by maximizing the current level at which the circuit breaker trips with no intentional delay. The withstand rating is the level of RMS symmetrical current that a circuit breaker can carry in a closed position for a stated period of time. Table 4: Voltage, Frequency and Withstand Ratings Circuit Breaker Voltage Rating Frequency Rating Withstand Rating at 480 Vac1 MG, MJ 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 10 kA (0.5 sec) PG, PK 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 25 kA (0.5 sec) PJ 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 10 kA (0.5 sec) PL 480 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 10 kA (0.5 sec) R-frame (RG, RJ, RK, RL) 600 Vac 60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC) 32 kA (3 sec) NS630b–NS1600 N Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 19.2 kA (1 sec) NS630b–NS1600 H Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 19.2 kA (1 sec) NS630b–NS1000 L Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) N/A NS630b–NS1000 R Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) N/A NS1600b–NS3200 N Interrupting Rating 690 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 32 kA (3 sec) NS1600b–NS3200 H Interrupting Rating 440 Vac 50/60 Hz (IEC) 32 kA (3 sec) 1 A system coordination study should be done for optimum circuit breaker coordination. Ampere Rating (Continuous Current Rating) The ampere rating (or continuous current rating) (Ir) is the maximum current that a circuit breaker can carry. The sensor size (In) is the maximum ampere rating for a specific circuit breaker and is based on the size of the sensor plug inside the circuit breaker. This value is printed below the trip unit on the sensor plug. See Sensor Plugs (page 78) for more information. NOTE: The maximum ampere rating a circuit breaker family can carry is called the frame size. Sensor size is less than or equal to frame size. The ampere rating of a type ET electronic trip circuit breaker is equal to the current sensor size (In). The ampere rating of a Micrologic™ electronic trip circuit breaker is determined by the mathematical equation: Ampere Rating = Sensor Size x Rating Plug Setting (Ir = In x Rating Plug Setting) The rating plug varies the circuit breaker ampere rating as a function of its sensor size. Rating plugs have nine dial settings; the multiplier values corresponding with each setting are printed on the rating plug. The maximum setting range is 0.4–1.0 x In. 10 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Enclosure Sizes All type ET electronic trip UL/IEC M-frame, P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers are available as standard rated circuit breakers. Micrologic electronic trip UL/IEC circuit breakers are also available in 100% rated constructions. Because the additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous current rating, the use of specially designed enclosures and 194° F (90°C) rated wire sized per the 167° F (75°C) NEC chart is required. Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous loading. Table 5: Minimum Enclosure Sizes for Fixed-Mounted Circuit Breakers Enclosure Dimensions (h x w x d) in./(mm) Ventilation Area Top Circuit Breaker Rating 3P Circuit Breaker 4P Circuit Breaker M-Frame, 800 A, Standard Rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75 (1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9) 51.9 x 23.01 x 7.75 (1318.3 x 584.4 x 196.9) — — — — P-Frame, 800 A, 100% Rated P-Frame, 1200 A, Standard Rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75 (1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9) 51.9 x 23.01 x 7.75 (1318.3 x 584.4 x 196.9) — — — — P-Frame, 1200 A, 100% Rated 62.25 x 23 x 14.75 (1581.2 x 584.2 x 374.7) 62.25 x 25.76 x 14.75 (1581.2 x 654.2 x 374.7) 16.5 in. 10,645 mm 16.5 in. 10,645 mm R-Frame, Standard Rated1 30 x 21 x 7 (762 x 533 x 178) 30 x 25.5 x 7 (762 x 648 x 178) — — — — R-Frame, 100% Rated1 30 x 21 x 7 (762 x 533 x 178) 30 x 25.5 x 7 (762 x 648 x 178) 40.25 in. 26,000 mm 40.25 in. 26,000 mm 1 Bottom RLTB or RL3TB kits may extend beyond end of enclosure when using minimum enclosure size. Operating Conditions Temperature To meet the requirements of the UL489 Standard, molded case circuit breakers are designed, built and calibrated for use on 50/60 Hz ac systems in a 40°C (104°F) ambient environment. Electronic trip circuit breakers, however, are designed to react only to the magnitude of the current flowing through the circuit breaker and are inherently ambient insensitive. Both UL/IEC and IEC-only circuit breakers may be operated at temperatures between -25°C and +70°C (-13°F and 158°F). For temperatures other than 40°C (104°F), the circuit breakers must be re-rated as shown. Table 6: Temperature Rerating Values per ANSI C37.20.1 Maximum Ambient Temperature °F 140 122 104 86 77 68 50 32 14 -4 °C 60 50 40 30 25 20 10 0 -10 -20 -22 -30 Current 0.83 0.92 1.00 1.07 1.11 1.14 1.21 1.27 1.33 1.39 1.44 Altitude Circuit breakers are suitable for use at altitudes up to 13,100 ft. (4000 m). For altitudes higher than 6560 ft. (2000 m), circuit breakers must be derated as shown. Table 7: Altitude Rerating Values Per ANSI C37.20.1 Table 10 Altitude ≤ 6,600 ft. (≤ 2,000 m) 8,500 ft. (2,600 m) Voltage 1.00 0.95 0.80 Current 1.00 0.99 0.96 13,000 ft. (3,900 m) 11 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Extreme Atmospheric Conditions PowerPact circuit breakers have successfully passed the tests defined below for extreme atmospheric conditions. Dry cold and dry heat: • • IEC 68-2-1—Dry cold at -67°F (-55°C) IEC 68-2-2—Dry heat at 185°F (+85°C) Damp heat (tropicalization) • • IEC 68-2-30—Damp heat (temperature 131°F (55°C) and relative humidity of 95%, condensing) IEC 68-2-52 level 2—Salt mist The materials used in the PowerPact circuit breakers will not support the growth of fungus and mold. Vibration PowerPact circuit breakers meet IEC 60068-2-6 Standards for vibration. • • 2 to 13.2 Hz and amplitude 0.039 in. (1 mm) 13.2 to 100 Hz constant acceleration Storage Temperature Circuit breakers with trip units without LCD displays may be stored in the original packaging at temperatures between -58°F (-50°C) and 185°F (85°C). For circuit breakers with trip units with LCD displays, this range is -40°F (-40°C) to 185°F (85°C). Trip System ET1.0I The trip system causes the circuit breaker to open automatically under overload, short-circuit or equipment ground-fault conditions. Electronic trip circuit breakers give the customer more versatility to achieve coordination with features such as adjustable instantaneous pickup and high withstand ratings. Micrologic 6.0A t= I n= tsd= tr= Isd= Ii= Ir= Ig= tg= MAX s kA The type ET and the Micrologic trip systems consist of current sensors, a microprocessor-based trip unit, and a tripping coil. The tripping coil is a flux transfer solenoid that requires no external power source. All type ET and Micrologic protective functions are completely fault powered. 100 % 40 % menu instantaneous Micrologic Trip System long time Ii Ir 6 8 10 12 4 15 3 off 2 x In .6 .5 .45 .4 tr .63 x In .7 .8 .9 1 (s) 4 8 2 1 .5 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir setting instantaneous short Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd (s) .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 .1 2 0 on I t off setting test Ig D C B A E delay Ii 6 8 10 12 4 15 3 off 2 x In test tg F G H J .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 .1 2 0 (s) on I t Features found in Micrologic™ electronic trip circuit breakers, such as universally interchangeable rating plugs, adjustable long-time pickups and 100% ratings also provide capacity for future growth. off ground fault ET Electronic Trip Unit Micrologic Electronic Trip Unit The integral equipment ground-fault sensing capabilities available with Micrologic trip systems mean that there are fewer parts and pieces to purchase, mount and wire. These capabilities include integral ground-fault protection for equipment, which causes the circuit breaker to trip when a ground fault is detected, as well as integral ground-fault alarm, which does not trip the circuit breaker but sends an alarm when a ground fault is detected. Certain Micrologic trip systems also offer the customer true power management system solutions through communication. These trip units can communicate with other circuit breakers in the system and also with a power monitoring system. Communication is by Modbus® and does not require proprietary software. Communication between trip units allows zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) between circuit breakers at different levels in the system. ZSI reduces fault stress by allowing the upstream circuit breaker closest to the fault to ignore its preset delay time and trip without any intentional delay on a short circuit or ground fault. For more information on ZSI, see data bulletin Reducing Fault Stress with Zone-Selective Interlocking. 12 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Communication with a power monitoring system through a communications network allows a ground fault to be reported without interrupting power to the system. It also allows the power monitoring system to remotely report power usage, current flow, and trip history. Instantaneous OFF Feature Micrologic™ 5.0 and 6.0 Standard, A, P and H electronic trip units provide the unique ability to turn the instantaneous tripping function OFF. Turning off the instantaneous trip function increases the current level at which the circuit breaker will trip with no intentional delay to the level of the short-time withstand rating. This current level is typically much higher than any of the pickup levels provided by the adjustable instantaneous feature. Therefore, using the instantaneous OFF feature improves coordination by allowing the user to take advantage of the circuit breaker withstand rating. Motor Circuit Protectors An instantaneous trip version of the electronic trip circuit breaker is also available for motor circuit protection. These motor circuit protectors comply with NEC requirements for providing short-circuit protection when installed as part of a Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Electronic trip motor circuit protectors are similar in construction to type ET electronic trip circuit breakers.They are designed as disconnect devices for use in combination with motor starters. These motor circuit protectors provide short-circuit protection only and have an adjustable amperage pickup so they can be set to open instantaneously at current values slightly above the motor starting inrush current. This setting coordinates the pickup time-current response of the motor circuit protector with the overload relay of the motor starter to give the best possible protection. Current interrupting ratings for these UL Recognized components are established in combination with motor starters and properly-sized overload relays and contactors. Automatic Molded Case Switches P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are also available in automatic molded case switch construction. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers, except that the switches open instantaneously at a factory-set non-adjustable trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. Because of their molded case construction, they are more compact than conventional disconnect switches and accept electrical accessories for added flexibility. Molded case switches are intended for use as disconnect devices only. UL489 requires molded case switches to be protected by a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Molded case switches are labeled with their appropriate withstand ratings. The withstand rating of a switch is defined as the maximum current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating. Table 8: P- and R-Frame Withstand Ratings1 Withstand Rating Voltage P-Frame Circuit Breakers J 1 K R-Frame Circuit Breakers L J K L 240 Vac 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA — 65 kA 125 kA 480 Vac 65 kA 50 kA 100 kA — 50 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA — 50 kA 50 kA The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating. 13 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Internal Operating Mechanism Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 manually-operated circuit breakers have a single operating handle that acts directly through the operating mechanism against the contact blades. Multipole circuit breakers have a common trip bar for positive action of all poles on manual and automatic operation. These circuit breakers have a trip-free mechanism that allows them to trip even though the operating handle may be restricted (by a handle operating mechanism or padlock attachment) in the I/ON position. If not restricted, the operating handle moves to a position between I/ON and O/OFF when the circuit breaker is tripped. The face of the manually-operated circuit breaker is marked with standard ON/OFF and international I/O markings to indicate handle position. In addition, the O/OFF portion of the circuit breaker handle is color coded green. Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are also available with a two-step stored-energy mechanism which can be charged manually or using a motor. The closing time is less than five cycles. Closing and opening operations can be initiated by remote control or by push buttons on the front cover. An O-C-O (open-close-open) cycle is possible without recharging. Electrically-operated circuit breakers include a motor, shunt trip, and shunt close of the same voltage plus an overcurrent trip switch (SDE). The face of electrically-operated circuit breakers is also marked ON/OFF and I/O, and equipped with a position indicator to show contact position. Push-to-Trip Button The push-to-trip button located on the face of each manually-operated circuit breaker is a standard feature on these circuit breakers. This allows the user to manually trip the circuit breaker without risking exposure to live parts. During normal on-off operation, the handle opens and closes the circuit breaker contact but does not exercise the tripping mechanism. Use the push-to-trip button to: • • Exercise the circuit breaker mechanism Check the auxiliary and alarm switch circuits Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections Table 9: Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections Unit-Mount Construction Circuit Breaker Cable Connection Bus Connection I-Line™ Construction Drawout Construction M-Frame X X X P-Frame X X X — X R-Frame X1 X X2 — NS630b–NS1250 X X — X NS1600–NS3200 — X — — 1 Must use RLTB or RL3TB terminal pad kit. 2 Through 1200 A, 100% rated only. 14 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Unit-Mount Circuit Breakers Unit-mount M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are individually-mounted using supplied mounting screws. The four mounting screws are inserted through mounting holes molded into the circuit breaker case and threaded into the circuit breaker mounting enclosure. To properly support the circuit breaker, all four mounting screws must be used. Unit-mount M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 circuit breakers can be ordered with mechanical line and load side lugs. The standard lugs can be removed for the installation of compression-type lugs or bus connections. All lugs are UL Listed for their proper application and marked for use with aluminum and copper (Al/Cu) or copper only (Cu) conductors. Lugs suitable for copper and aluminum conductors are made of tin-plated aluminum. Lugs suitable for use with copper conductors only are made of copper. See individual frame sections for frame-specific connection information. M-Frame Unit-Mount Electrically Operated P-Frame Unit-Mount P-Frame Unit-Mount R-Frame Unit-Mount I-Line™ Circuit Breakers M-frame circuit breakers through 800 A and P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers through 1200 A are available in I-Line construction for easy installation and removal in I-Line panelboards and switchboards. I-Line circuit breakers use “blow-on” type line side connectors. In case of a short circuit, increased magnetic flux causes the plug-on connectors of the circuit breaker to tighten their grasp on the panelboard or switchboard bus bars. The I-Line connectors and circuit breaker mounting bracket are integral parts of I-Line circuit breakers and cannot be removed or replaced. I-Line circuit breakers come with mechanical load side lugs. M-Frame I-Line P-Frame I-Line R-Frame I-Line Drawout Circuit Breakers P-frame manually-operated circuit breakers and switches are also available in drawout construction. The drawout assembly mechanism allows the circuit breaker to be racked in four positions (connected, test, disconnect or withdrawn). P-frame cradles are ordered separately and are available with factory and field-installed accessories. See Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories for details. P-Frame Drawout 15 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Catalog Numbering System The M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers and cradles follow a “smart” catalog numbering system. The following tables are intended as a tool to decipher existing catalog numbers. They are not intended for use in building catalog numbers, as some combinations may not be available. To build a catalog number, please see the Digest, the Product Selector or contact the local field office. M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers NOTE: Not all options are available on all frames. Table 10: Catalog Number for M-, P- and R-Frame (UL/IEC Dual-Rated) Circuit Breakers Field Position Field Description 1 Brand Name 2 3 4 5 6 7–9 10 Circuit Breaker Frame Options Description (blank) Square D N Schneider Electric (Formerly Merlin Gerin brand) M 800 A Max. P 1200 A Max. R 3000 A Max. G 35 kA @ 480 Vac J 65 kA @ 480 Vac K P-Frame: 50 kA @ 600 Vac R-Frame: 65 kA @ 600 Vac L 100 kA @ 480 Vac F No Lugs L Lugs on Both Ends M Lugs on I/ON End P Lugs on O/OFF End A I-Line D Drawout (Not Available on M and R Frames) 2 2P 3 3P 4 4P 4 480 V 6 600 V ### Circuit Breaker Rating (120 = 1200 A) 000 Automatic Switch Value (none) Standard Rated C 100% rated Interrupting Rating Connection Poles Voltage Rating Ampere Rating Standard or 100% Rated Continued on next page 16 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Table 10: Catalog Number for M-, P- and R-Frame (UL/IEC Dual-Rated) Circuit Breakers Field Position Field Description Circuit Breaker Trip System Options (none) ET1.0 (M-Frame) (none) ET1.0I (P-Frame, R-Frame) U31 Micrologic™ 3.0 Trip Unit U33 Micrologic 5.0 Trip Unit U41 Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit U43 Micrologic 5.0A Trip Unit U44 Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit U63 Micrologic 5.0P Trip Unit U64 Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit U73 Micrologic 5.0H Trip Unit U74 Micrologic 6.0H Trip Unit S60 600 A2 S80 800 A2 S10 1000 A2 S12 1200 A S16 1600 A S20 2000 A S25 2500 A S30 3000 A 11–14 Automatic Switch Trip System1 Description M68 1200–10000 A2 Motor Circuit Protector Trip System M69 1500–10000 A2 M70 1800–10000 A2 15 Rating Plug A–H See Table 75 16-17 Modbus® Communication E1 Modbus BCM 18 I-Line™ Phasing See Digest, Product Selector For Factory-Installed Accessories, See Product Selector 1 For more information on P-frame switches, see page 47. For more information on R-frame switches, see page 58. 2 Not available on R-frame. 17 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers Table 11: Catalog Number for NS630b–NS3200 (IEC-Rated) Circuit Breakers Field Position Field Description 1 Brand Name 2 Circuit Breaker Frame 3 Interrupting Rating 4 Connection 5 Certification 6 Poles 7 Voltage Rating 8–10 Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Trip System 11–14 Automatic Switch Trip System Non-Automatic Switch Trip System Options Description (Blank) Square D N Schneider Electric R 3200 A Max. P 1600 A Max. N Standard Interrupting Rating H High Interrupting Rating L Current Limiting R1 200 kA Interrupting F No lugs L Lugs on Both Ends M Lugs on I/ON End P Lugs on O/OFF End D Drawout S Rear Connected E IEC 3 3P 4 4P 4 440 Vac 6 690 Vac ### Circuit Breaker Rating (120 = 1200 A) 000 Automatic Switch Value U32 Micrologic™ 2.0 Trip Unit U33 Micrologic 5.0 Trip Unit U42 Micrologic 2.0A Trip Unit U43 Micrologic 5.0A Trip Unit U44 Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit U63 Micrologic 5.0P Trip Unit U64 Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit U73 Micrologic 5.0H Trip Unit U74 Micrologic 6.0H Trip Unit S63 630 A S80 800 A S10 1000 A S12 1250 A S16 1600 A S20 2000 A S25 2500 A S32 3200 A Z63 630 A Z80 800 A Z10 1000 A Z12 1250 A Z16 1600 A 15 Rating Plug R–T See Table 74 16–17 Modbus® Communications E1 Modbus BCM For Accessories, See Product Selector 1 R interruption only valid with rear-connected (S) termination. 18 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Cradle Catalog Numbers P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 manually-operated circuit breakers and switches are available in drawout construction (factory installed only). The circuit breakers may be ordered using the circuit breaker catalog numbering systems described above. The cradles must be ordered separately. Table 12: Cradle Catalog Number Field Position Field Description 1 Cradle 2 3 4 5 6 7 Options Description C Cradle S P-Frame 3P D P-Frame 4P L Square D Brand UL/IEC Dual-Rated Frame Size Brand/Certification Circuit Breaker Interruption Rating Cradle Connections Top Terminals Cradle Connections Bottom Terminals G Schneider Electric IEC Rated Only E P-Frame “G”,“J”, “K”, or “L” Interrupting Rating V Rear-Connected T Vertical (RCTV) H Rear-Connected T horizontal (RCTH) E Front-Connected Flat (FCF) V Rear-Connected T Vertical (RCTV) H Rear-Connected T Horizontal (RCTH) E Front-Connected Flat (FCF) 9 None (Standard for P-Frame Circuit Breakers) Shutters and Associated Options 3 Shutters with Padlocking Provision A See Product Selector 8 Circuit Breaker Mismatch and Cradle Interlock 9 Metering CT X Not Applicable on P-Frame Cradle 10 Cradle Secondary Disconnects Wiring X See Product Selector 11–18 Miscellaneous Cradle Options X See Product Selector 19 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information Testing Requirements UL, NEMA, CSA, and NMX requirements The UL, NEMA, CSA and NMX labels on a circuit breaker indicate that the circuit breaker meets the requirements of UL Standard 489, NEMA Standard AB-1, CSA Standard C22.2 No. 5 and NMX standard J266. The labels also mean that the production procedure is monitored by UL, CSA and ANCE inspectors to ensure continued compliance to these standards. These requirements include the following tests: • 200% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit when carrying 200% of its continuous current rating. • 135% Overload Calibration—with all poles connected in series, the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit while carrying 135% of its continuous current rating. • Overload—the circuit breaker must make and break 600% of its continuous current rating at rated voltage. Circuit breaker frame sizes 125–1600 A must perform 50 operations at 600%. Circuit breaker frame sizes 2000–2500 A must perform 25 operations at 600%. • Temperature Rise—while carrying 100% of rated current and mounted in open air, temperature rise on a wiring terminal must be within specified limits. For 100% rating, the circuit breaker is mounted in an enclosure. • Endurance—UL489 requires that the circuit breaker must complete, at minimum, the following number of operations: Table 13: Endurance Operations Operations Frame Size With Current 1 Without Current 1200–2500 500 2000 1 UL requires the circuit breaker to operate 10% of the “with current” operations with a shunt trip. • Calibration—both the 200% and 135% overload calibration tests are repeated after endurance testing. • Short Circuit—the circuit breaker shall be subjected to test currents based on voltage rating and frame size, with the type and number of operations based on the number of poles, frame rating and voltage rating. Example: a 3P, 600 Vac, 2500 A frame circuit breaker is subjected to one 20 kA single-phase closing of the circuit on the circuit breaker per pole and one 30 kA three-phase closing of the circuit on the circuit breaker for a total of seven short circuit tests. • • Trip Out—the 200% thermal calibration test is repeated following the short-circuit tests. Dielectric—the circuit breaker must withstand, for one minute, twice its rated voltage plus 1000 V: — Between line and load terminals with the circuit breaker in the open, tripped and OFF positions. — Between terminals of opposite polarity with the circuit breaker closed. — Between live parts and the overall enclosure with the circuit breaker both open and closed. No conditioning of the circuit breaker can take place during or between tests. There can be no failure of functional parts at the conclusion of the sequences. After qualifying a set of circuit breakers to the standard tests, a manufacturer can have additional circuit breaker samples tested on higher than standard available fault currents. The following performance requirements apply: • 200% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit when carrying 200% of its continuous current rating. • Short-circuit Test—with the load side terminals connected by 10-inch lengths of specified cable (or a shorting bar), the circuit breaker is exposed to a short-circuit current for a set time interval. After safe interruption, the circuit breaker is reset and closed again on the short circuit. • 250% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit when carrying 250% of its continuous current rating. 20 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 1—General Information • Dielectric Withstand—the circuit breaker is subjected to twice the voltage rating at which the interrupting test was conducted, but not less than 900 V. — Between line and load terminals with the circuit breaker in the tripped and in the OFF positions. — Between terminals of opposite polarity with the circuit breaker closed. — Between live parts and the overall enclosure with the circuit breaker both open and closed. When the sample circuit breakers pass these tests, circuit breakers of the same construction can be marked or labeled with the current interrupting rating for the higher fault currents. IEC Requirements The IEC markings on a circuit breaker indicates that the circuit breaker meets the requirements of IEC Standard 60947-2 for circuit breakers and 60947-3 for automatic switches. These requirements include the following tests: Table 14: IEC Test Sequence Sequence General Performance Characteristics (Sequence 1) Rated Service Short-circuit Breaking Capacity (Ics) (Sequence 2) Rated Ultimate Short-circuit Breaking Capacity (Icu) (Sequence 3) Rated Short-time Withstand Current (Icw) (Sequence 4) Category of Devices Tests All Circuit Breakers • • • • • • • Tripping Limits and Characteristics Dielectric Properties Mechanical and Electrical Endurance Overload Dielectric Voltage Withstand Temperature Rise 145% Calibration (3 Poles in Series or 3-Phase Test) • • • • • Rated service short circuit breaking capacity (O-t-CO-t-CO) Electrical Endurance (5% of with Current Operations of Sequence 1) Dielectric Voltage Withstand Temperature Rise 145% Calibration (3 poles in series or 3-phase test) • • • • 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) Rated Ultimate Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (O-t-CO) Dielectric Voltage Withstand 250% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) • • • • 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) Rated Short-Time Withstand Current Temperature Rise Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity at Maximum Short-Time Withstand Current (O-t-CO) Dielectric Voltage Withstand 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) All Circuit Breakers Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category A Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B • • Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B: Combined Sequence Individual Pole Short-Circuit Test Sequence (Annex H) • • • • • • • 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) Rated Short-Time Withstand Current Icw Rated Service Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity at Ics (O-CO-CO) at Maximum Relay Temp. 145% Calibration (3 Poles in Series or 3-Phase Test) Dielectric Voltage Withstand Temperature Rise 200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) • • • Individual Pole Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity Dielectric Voltage Withstand 250% Calibration (Each Pole Separately) When Icw = Ics Replaces Sequences 2 and 4 When Icw = Ics = Icu Replaces Sequences 2, 3 and 4 Circuit Breakers for Use in IT Systems 21 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems M-frame circuit breakers are available with the type ET 1.0 electronic trip system. P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers are available with either the ET1.0I basic electronic trip system or the Micrologic™ electronic trip system. The NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are available with the Micrologic electronic trip system. The sensing system responds to the flow of current through the circuit breaker. Thermal Imaging The thermal imaging function protects the cables or bus bars from overheating in case of low amplitude repetitive faults. Such overheating can be due to repetitive motor startings, fluctuating load, intermittent ground faults, or subsequent closing after a fault. Traditional electronic protection does not protect against repetitive faults because the duration of each overload above the pickup setting is too short to achieve effective tripping. Nevertheless, each overload involves a temperature rise in the installation, the cumulative effect of which could lead to overheating of the system. The thermal imaging function remembers and integrates the thermal heating caused by each pickup setting overrun. Before tripping, the integrated heating value will reduce the associated time delay and, therefore, the reaction of the trip unit will be closer to the real heating of the power network system. After tripping, the function will also reduce the time delay when closing the circuit breaker on an overload. True RMS Current Sensing The sensing system responds to the flow of current through the circuit breaker. The trip unit samples the current waveform to provide true RMS protection through the fifteenth harmonic. This true RMS sensing gives accurate values for the magnitude of a non-sinusoidal waveform. Therefore, the heating effects of harmonically distorted waveforms are accurately evaluated. The Micrologic H trip unit provides additional sampling of the waveforms to measure and provide waveform capture of harmonic distortion to the thirty-first harmonic. Type ET Electronic Trip System Type ET trip units are available with M-frame, P-frame and R-frame UL/IEC circuit breakers. Circuit breakers with type ET trip units have a fixed ampere rating. The trip units are not field-interchangeable and will not accept any communications or other trip unit accessories. The trip system uses a set of current transformers (called CTs or sensors) to sense current, a trip unit to evaluate the current, and a tripping solenoid to trip the circuit breaker. ET1.0 (M-Frame only) The ET1.0 trip system is available on M-frame circuit breakers and is equipped with fixed long-time and adjustable instantaneous tripping functions only. The long-time pickup is fixed at 1.0 x sensor rating (In), while the instantaneous pickup is adjustable (dial settings from 2–10 x In) with no intentional time delay. ET1.0I (P-Frame and R-Frame only) The ET1.0I trip system is available on both P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers and is equipped with fixed long-time and adjustable instantaneous tripping functions only. The long-time pickup is fixed at 1.0 x sensor rating (In), while the instantaneous pickup is adjustable (dial settings from 1.5–12 x In) with no intentional time delay. ET1.0M (P-Frame only) The ET1.0M trip system is only available on P-frame motor circuit protectors and provides protection for short circuit conditions only. The trip unit has a single adjustment for instantaneous pickup that, if 22 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems exceeded, will trip the circuit breaker with no intentional delay. Instantaneous trip dial settings are 2–16 x In for 600 A circuit breakers and 1.5–12 x In for 800–1200 A circuit breakers. Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Systems The P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers can be equipped with the optional Micrologic trip systems listed below: Table 15: Micrologic Trip Systems (LS0) Long-time + Short-time + Zero delay (IEC Rated Only) (LI) Long-time + Instantaneous Protection (UL Listed, IEC Rated) Micrologic Basic Trip Unit 2.0 3.0 5.0 — Micrologic A Trip Unit 2.0A 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A Model (LSI) Long-time + Short-time + Instantaneous Protection (UL LIsted, IEC Rated) (LSIG) Long-time + Short-time + Instantaneous Protection + Equipment Ground-fault Protection (UL LIsted, IEC Rated) Micrologic P Trip Unit — — 5.0P 6.0P Micrologic H Trip Unit — — 5.0H 6.0H Trip units are designed to protect power circuits and loads. Micrologic trip systems use a set of current transformers (called CTs or sensors) to sense current, a trip unit to evaluate the current, and a tripping solenoid to trip the circuit breaker. Adjustable rotary switches on the trip unit allow the user to set the proper overcurrent or equipment ground-fault current protection required in the electrical system. If current exceeds a set value for longer than its set time delay, the trip system opens the circuit breaker. Alarms may be programmed for remote indications. Measurements of current, voltage, frequency, power, and power quality optimize continuity of service and energy management. Integration of protection functions in the Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) electronic component used in all Micrologic trip units guarantees a high degree of reliability and immunity to conducted or radiated disturbances. On Micrologic P and H trip units, advanced functions are managed by an independent microprocessor. Circuit breakers are shipped with the trip unit long-time pickup switch set at 1.0 and all other trip unit adjustments set at their lowest settings. Actual settings required for a specific application must be determined by a qualified consultant or plant engineer. A coordination study is recommended to provide coordination between all circuit breakers in the distribution system. Table 16: Micrologic™ Trip Unit Features Micrologic Trip Unit (X = Standard Feature O = Available Option) Feature Standard 2.0 Field-Installable X LI 3.0 5.0 2.0A X X X X LS0 Power Harmonics 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H X X X X X X X X X X LSI LSIG/Ground-Fault Ammeter X X Trip1 X X Ground-Fault Alarm/No Trip1, 2 X X X Ground-Fault Alarm and Trip1, 2 X X X X Adjustable Rating Plugs X X X X X X X X X X X True RMS Sensing X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X UL Listed Thermal Imaging X Phase-Loading Bar Graph 23 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Table 16: Micrologic™ Trip Unit Features (continued) Micrologic Trip Unit (X = Standard Feature O = Available Option) Feature Standard LED for Long-Time Pick-Up Ammeter 2.0 3.0 5.0 2.0A 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Digital Ammeter X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O X X X X LCD Dot Matrix Display X X X X Advanced User Interface X X X X Interlocking3 X Communications O X X X X Neutral Protection1 X X X X Contact Wear Indication X X X X Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings X X X X Selectable Long-Time Delay Bands X X X X Power Measurement X X X X Power Quality Measurements X X Waveform Capture X X 1 3Ø, 4W circuits require either a neutral current transformer or a 4-pole breaker. 2 Requires M6C Programmable Contact Module. 3 Not available for 2.0A trip units as upstream devices. Micrologic 5.0A Micrologic 3.0A Micrologic 5.0 t= I n= tsd= tr= Isd= Ii= Ir= Ig= tg= MAX s kA long time (s) 4 8 2 1 .5 @6 Ir instantaneous Im 4 5 6 3 8 2 10 1.5 12 x Ir alarm 12 16 20 24 Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In Isd 4 8 2 1 .5 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir short 3 2.5 2 1.5 tsd 4 x Ir 5 6 8 10 setting setting (s) .4 . 4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 2 0 Ii on I t off delay 4 3 6 8 10 12 15 2 off x In s kA 100 % 40 % 40 % 40 % Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In instantaneous (s) t= I n= tsd= tr= Isd= Ii= Ir= Ig= tg= MAX 100 % menu tr (s) 4 2 1 .5 8 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In tr (s) 4 8 2 1 .5 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir 4 5 6 3 8 2 10 1.5 10 x Ir setting setting s kA long time Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In instantaneous short instantaneous Im MAX menu long time long time tr t= I n= tsd= tr= Isd= Ii= Ir= Ig= tg= Micrologic 6.0A 100 % menu tr O Protective Relay Functions Micrologic 3.0 long time Harmonics LED for Trip Indication Zone-Selective Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In Power tsd .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 0 .1 (s) on I2t off Ii 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x In Isd (s) 4 8 2 1 .5 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir short 3 2.5 2 1.5 delay tr tsd 4 x Ir 5 6 8 10 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 2 0 on setting Ig D C B A E Ii instantaneous (s) I t off delay 4 3 6 8 10 12 15 off x In 2 test tg F G H J .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 2 0 (s) on I t off ground fault Micrologic 3.0 and 5.0 Basic Trip Units Micrologic 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units 24 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Micrologic 5.0P I(A) I(A) Trip Trip 5000A 24s 5000A 24s 30kA 0.4s 85kA 30kA 0.4s 85kA long time Ir .6 .5 .45 .4 .63 x In tr .7 .8 .9 1 8 (s) 4 2 1 .5 Ir .6 .5 .45 .4 @ 6 Ir instantaneous tsd .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 2 0 Ii (s) on I t setting 4 3 off Isd 6 8 10 12 15 off 2 x In x In (s) 8 4 2 1 .5 (s) 5 6 8 10 @ 6 Ir .3 .2 .1 on .2 .1 0 2 I t off delay .63 x In tr .7 .8 .9 1 (s) 4 8 2 1 .5 6 8 10 4 12 3 15 off 2 x In Ir .63 .6 .7 .5 .8 .45 .9 .4 1 x In @ 6 Ir instantaneous tsd .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 0 .1 (s) on setting test long time alarm 12 16 20 24 short Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir Ii .4 .4 .3 setting Ig D C B A .6 .5 .45 .4 instantaneous tsd 4 x Ir Ir alarm 12 16 20 24 short 3 2.5 2 1.5 delay .7 .8 .9 1 (A) I (V) V (kW) P E (kWh) Harmonics long time tr .63 Micrologic 6.0H (A) I (V) V (kW) P E (kWh) Harmonics long time alarm 12 16 20 24 short Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir Micrologic 5.0H Micrologic 6.0P I2t off J delay I t tsd (s) @ 6 Ir D C B A off ground fault Ii .4 .4 .3 .2 .1 .3 .2 .1 2 on setting Ig .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 2 0 on .5 alarm 12 16 20 24 instantaneous Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir 6 8 10 4 12 3 15 off 2 x In (s) G H 8 2 1 short Ii tg E tr (s) 4 I t 0 off 4 3 6 8 10 12 15 off 2 x In delay test tg E .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 .1 2 0 (s) G H J on I t off ground fault Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units Micrologic 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units Micrologic™ 2.0, 3.0 and 5.0 Basic Trip Units Micrologic 5.0 The Micrologic 2.0, 3.0, and 5.0 basic trip units protect power circuits. Protection Settings long time Ir .7 1 .6 .5 .4 .8 x In alarm tr 8 (s) 4 .9 12 16 .95 2 .98 1 20 24 1 .5 • Overload protection instantaneous Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd . 4 . 4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 0 2 .1 Ii (s) on setting off I t Protection thresholds and delays are set using the rotary switches. A full-range of longtime settings are available via field-installable adjustable rating plugs. 4 @6 Ir short time 2 3 4 3 6 8 10 12 2 — True RMS long-time protection 5 15 off x In delay — Thermal imaging: Active thermal imaging before and after tripping • Short-circuit protection 6 — Short-time RMS — Selection of I2t type (ON or OFF) for short-time delay 1—Long-time current setting and tripping delay 2—Short-time pickup and tripping delay 3—Overload signal (LED) 4—Long-time rating plug screw 5—Instantaneous pickup 6—Test connector • Table 17: t Ir Long-time Protection tr Ii 0 I • Instantaneous protection • Neutral protection on four-pole circuit breakers Micrologic 2.0 and 3.0 Basic Trip Unit Settings 0.98 0.90 1.00 1.00 500 20 13.8 600 24 16.6 Isd = Ir x ... 2.0: 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 Ii = In x ... 3.0: 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 Ir = ln x ... Maximum Time Delay (s) Accuracy: 0 to –20% tr at 1.5 x Ir tr at 6 x Ir tr at 7.2 x Ir Thermal Imaging Current Setting (A) Accuracy: ±10% No delay Instantaneous Current Setting (A) Protection Accuracy: ±10% Short-time Protection 2.0: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 3.0: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 Other ranges are available by changing rating plug 12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 0.5 1 2 4 8 12 16 0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 20 minutes before or after tripping Current setting (A) Tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir 25 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Table 18: t Ir Current Setting (A) Tripping Between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir tr Long-time Protection lsd tsd li 0 Micrologic 5.0 Basic Trip Unit Settings Short-time Protection IEC: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00 UL: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug tr at 1.5 x Ir Maximum Time Delay (s) tr at 6 x Ir Accuracy: 0 to –20% tr at 7.2 x Ir 12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600 0.5 1 2 4 8 12 16 20 24 0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6 Thermal Imaging 20 Minutes Before or After Tripping 5 6 8 10 10 12 15 off Current Setting (A) Accuracy: ±10% I Ir = ln x ... lsd = Ir x ... Settings Maximum Time Delay (s) at 10 x Ir Instantaneous Current Setting (A) Protection Accuracy: ±10% tsd 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Min. Trip 20 Time (ms) 80 140 230 350 Max. Trip 80 Time (ms) 140 200 320 500 3 4 6 8 I2t OFF Ii = In x ... 2 26 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Micrologic™ 2.0A, 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units with Ammeter Micrologic 6.0 A 6 Micrologic A trip units protect power circuits and provide current measurements, overload protection, and short-circuit protection. In addition, the 6.0A trip units also provide ground-fault protection for equipment. Protection Settings 1 t= I n= tsd= tr= Isd= Ii= Ir= Ig= tg= MAX s kA 7 Protection thresholds and delays are set using the rotary switches. The selected values are momentarily displayed in amperes and in seconds. A full-range of long-time settings are available via the field-installable rating plug. • Overload protection (true RMS long-time protection). • Thermal imaging (active thermal imaging before and after tripping). • Short-circuit protection. 100 % — Short-time RMS. 8 40 % — I2t ON or OFF for short-time delay. • Instantaneous protection. • Ground-fault protection for equipment. 2 — Residual ground-fault protection for equipment. menu — Source ground-return ground-fault protection for equipment. — Modified differential ground-fault protection (MDGF) for equipment. long time Ir .7 3 .6 .5 .4 x In 10 @ 6 Ir instantaneous short time 4 Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 .1 2 0 5 D C B A E on I t 4 3 off delay tg F G H J Ii (s) setting Ig 9 alarm tr 8 (s) 4 .9 12 16 .95 2 .98 1 20 24 1 .5 .8 (s) 6 8 10 12 15 off 2 x In on 12 .2 .1 2 I t • ZSI: Zone-selective interlocking (a ZSI terminal block may be used to interconnect a number of trip units to provide total discrimination for short-time and equipment ground-fault protection, without delay for tripping). Not available for 3.0A trip units or for 2.0A trip units installed as upstream device. Ammeter Measurements test .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .1 11 • Neutral protection on four-pole circuit breakers. 0 off ground fault 1—Indication of tripping cause 2—Navigation buttons 3—Long-time current setting and tripping delay 4—Short-time pickup and tripping delay 5—Ground-fault pickup and tripping delay 6—Test lamp and reset 7—Digital display 8—Three-phase bar graph and ammeter 9—Overload signal (LED) 10—Long-time rating plug screw 11—Instantaneous pickup 12—Electronic push-to-trip 13—Test connector 13 Micrologic A trip units measure the true RMS value of currents. They provide continuous current measurement from 0.2 to 20 x In with an accuracy of 1.5% (including sensors). No auxiliary source is needed where I > 0.2 x In. The optional external power supply (24 Vdc) makes it possible to display currents where I < 0.2 x In and to store values of the interrupted current. A digital LCD screen continuously displays the most heavily loaded phase (Imax) or displays the IA, IB, IC, Ig, and (on 4P circuit breakers only) IN stored current and setting values by successively pressing the navigation button. Communication Network In conjunction with an optional communication network, the trip unit transmits the following parameters: • Setting values • All ammeter measurements • Tripping causes. 27 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Table 19: Micrologic 2.0A and 3.0A Trip Unit Settings t Ir Current Setting (A) Tripping Between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir Long-time Protection tr Ir = ln x... Maximum Time Delay (s) Accuracy: 0–20% Table 20: Ir Current Setting (A) Accuracy: ±10%, No delay Long-time Protection tsd li 0 Short-time Protection Table 21: I 1.00 12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600 tr at 6 x Ir 0.5 1 2 4 8 12 16 20 24 tr at 7.2 x Ir 0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6 Isd = Ir x... 2.0A: 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 Ii = In x... 3.0A: 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 IEC: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00 UL: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 Other ranges are available by changing rating plug 50 100 200 300 400 500 600 2 4 8 12 16 20 24 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6 Thermal Imaging 20 minutes before or after tripping 5 6 8 10 10 12 15 off Settings I2t OFF 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 80 140 230 350 I2t ON Min. trip time (ms) tsd 1 0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 lsd = Ir x... Maximum Time Delay (s) at 10 x Ir 20 Max. trip time (ms) 80 Ii = In x... 2 140 200 320 500 3 4 6 8 Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit Ground-Fault Settings Settings 0 1.00 0.90 0.5 Ground-fault Pickup (A) Accuracy: ±10% I t off tg 0.98 0.80 12.5 25 t 2 0.95 0.70 tr at 1.5 x Ir Maximum Time Delay (s) tr at 6 x Ir Accuracy: 0–20% tr at 7.2 x Ir Instantaneous Current Setting (A) Protection Accuracy: ±10% lg 0.90 0.63 tr at 1.5 x Ir Ir = ln x... Current Setting (A) Accuracy: ±10% I I2t on 0.80 0.60 Micrologic 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Unit Settings Current Setting (A) Tripping Between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir lsd 0.70 0.50 20 Minutes Before or After Tripping Instantaneous Current Setting (A) Protection Accuracy: ±10% tr 0.60 0.45 Thermal Imaging I Short-time Protection t 0.50 3.0A: 0.40 Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug Ii 0 2.0A: 0.40 Maximum Time Delay (s) at 1 x Ig tg Ig = ln x... A B C D E F G H J ln ≤ 400 A 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 400 A < ln ≤ 1200 A 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ln > 1200 A 500 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 I2t OFF 0 I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Minimum Trip Time (ms) 20 80 140 230 350 Maximum Trip Time (ms) 80 140 200 320 500 External Power Supplies for Micrologic Trip Units Current-based protection functions require no auxiliary power source. Table 22: Micrologic A Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply Function Without 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2 With 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2 Fault Protection for LSIG Functions Yes Yes LED Trip Indication Yes Yes Ammeter and bar graph displays Yes Yes Trip setting and Max. Current Readings Can Be Accessed on the Display by Using Navigation Buttons Yes, If Current Flow on One Phase is Equal To or Greater Than: Sensor Plug Value (In) Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for Testing Ground Fault1 Modbus® Communications (Optional) Back-lit Display 1 Minimum Ground-fault Pickup 100–250 A 30% of sensor rating 400–1200 A 20% of sensor rating 1600–6300 A 500 A Yes No Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for the circuit breaker communication module No Yes Ground fault Push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit. 28 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Micrologic™ 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units with Power Metering Micrologic P trip units provide power metering and extended protection in addition to the adjustable protection functions of the Micrologic A trip unit. Micrologic 6.0 P 9 1 The adjustable protection functions of the 5.0P and 6.0P trip units are identical to those of Micrologic A trip unit (overloads, short circuits, equipment ground-fault protection; see page 27). These units also feature: I(A) Trip • Fine adjustment 5000A 24s 2 Within the range below the rotary switch setting, fine adjustments of pickups/delays in steps of 1 A/s (except for short-time and ground-fault) are possible on the keypad or remotely by the communication network. 30kA 0.4s 85kA • Inverse definite minimum time lag (IDMTL) setting. 10 11 3 long time Ir .7 .6 .5 .4 x In 7 13 8 • Neutral protection instantaneous tsd .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 .1 2 0 D C B A E on I t off 4 3 6 8 10 12 15 off 2 x In delay tg F G H J Ii (s) setting (s) on 15 .2 .1 2 I t 14 test .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .1 NOTE: Neutral protection is disabled if long-time curve is set to one of the IDMTL protection settings. • Configuring Alarms and Other Protection Functions @ 6 Ir Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir Ig 12 alarm tr 8 (s) 4 .9 12 16 .95 2 .98 1 20 24 1 .5 .8 short time 6 Coordination with fuse-type or medium-voltage protection systems is optimized by adjusting the long-time delay curve around 6 x Ir axis. This setting ensures better coordination with certain loads. On three-pole circuit breakers, neutral protection may be set using the keypad or remotely using the communication network to one of four positions: OFF, 1/2N (1/2 x In), 1N (1 x In), or 1.6N (2 x In). 4 5 Protection Settings 16 0 off ground fault 1—Indication of tripping cause 2—High resolution screen 3—Measurement display 4—Navigation buttons 5—Long-time current setting and tripping delay 6—Short-time pickup and tripping delay 7—Hole for settings lockout pin 8—Ground-fault pickup and tripping delay 9—Test lamp and indication reset 10—Maintenance indicators 11—Protection settings 12—Overload signal (LED) 13—Long-time rating plug screw 14—Instantaneous pickup 15—Electronic push-to-trip 16—Test connector When the cover is closed, the keypad may no longer be used to change the protection settings, but it still provides access to the displays for measurements, histories, indicators, etc. Depending on the thresholds and time delays set, the Micrologic P trip unit monitors current, voltage, power, frequency, and phase sequence. Each threshold overrun may be signalled remotely via the communication network. Each threshold overrun may be combined with tripping (protection) or an indication carried out by an optional M6C programmable contact (alarm), or both (protection and alarm). Maintenance Record The maintenance record can be consulted using the full-function test kit or remotely via the communication network. It can be used as an aid in troubleshooting and to assist scheduling for device maintenance operations. Recorded indications include: • Highest current measured • Operation counter (cumulative total and total since last reset) • Number of test kit connections • Number of trips in operating mode Load Shedding and Reconnection Parameters Load shedding and reconnection parameters can be set according to the power or the current flowing through the circuit breaker. Load shedding is carried out by a remote computer via the communication network or by an M6C programmable contact. 29 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Indication Option Via Programmable Contacts The M6C programmable contact may be used to signal threshold overruns or status changes. It can be programmed using the keypad on the Micrologic P trip unit or remotely using the communication network. The contact is required to obtain data from the protective relay functions on Type P and Type H trip units. Table 23: t Ir Current Setting (A) Tripping Between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir tr Long-Time (RMS) Protection Isd IDMTL tsd Ii 0 Ir Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings Isd I Table 24: Settings Maximum Time Delay (s) at 1 x Ig Current tsd I2t OFF Power Frequency Phase Table 26: 100 200 300 400 500 600 2 4 8 12 16 20 24 0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6 SIT EIT 1 VIT 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 80 140 230 350 I2t ON Min. Trip Time (ms) 20 Max. Trip Time (ms) 80 Ii = IN x... 2 HV Fuse DT 5 6 8 10 140 200 320 500 3 4 6 8 10 12 15 off tg Ig = ln x... A B C D E F G H ln ≤ 400 A 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 400 A < ln ≤ 1200 A 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ln > 1200 A 500 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 I2t OFF 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 I2t ON 0.1 0.2 0.3 Min. Trip Time (ms) 20 80 140 230 350 Max. Trip Time (ms) 80 140 200 320 500 J Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings for Protection Functions Current Imbalance Maximum Current Imax: IA, IB, IC, IN, Ig Voltage Imbalance Voltage 50 0.5 Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit Ground-Fault Settings I2t off Table 25: lsd = Ir x... Settings Maximum Time Delay (s) at 10 x Ir Ground-Fault Pickup (A) Accuracy: ±10% I 12.5 25 20 Minutes Before or After Tripping t 0 Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug Curve slope Instantaneous Current Setting (A) Protection Accuracy: ±10% tg 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 Thermal Imaging Short-Time (RMS) Protection lg 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00 UL Maximum Time Delay (s) tr at 6 x Ir Accuracy: 0 to –20% tr at 7.2 x Ir Current Setting (A) Accuracy: ±10% I2t on IEC Ir = ln x... tr at 1.5 x Ir IDMTL Setting Ii Ir = ln x... Threshold Time Delay 0.05 to 0.6 x Imax 1 to 40 s 0.2 to 1.0 x In 15 to 1500 s 0.02 to 0.3 x Vn 1 to 40 s Vmin 100 to 725 V (Phase Total) 0.25 to 0.5 s Maximum Voltage Vmax 100 to 1200 V (Between Phases) 0.20 to 5.0 s Maximum Power Pmax 5 to 500 kW 0.2 to 20 s Reverse Power Pr 0.02 to 0.2 x Pn 0.5 to 20 s Minimum Voltage Minimum Frequency Fmin 45 to 65 Hz 0.2 to 5 s Maximum Frequency Fmax 45 to 540 Hz 0.2 to 5 s Sequence ΔØ ØA-ØB-ØC or ØA-ØC-ØB Instantaneous Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings for Current and Power Load-Shedding Pickup Drop-out Threshold Time Delay Threshold Time Delay Current I 0.5 to 1.0 x Ir Per Phase 20% to 80% x tr 0.3 to 1.0 x Ir per phase 10 to 600 s Power P 200 kW to 10 MW 10 to 3600 s 100 kW to 10 MW 10 to 3600 s Micrologic P trip units are designed to be used with an external 24 Vdc power supply. Current-based protection functions require no auxiliary power source. 30 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Table 27: Micrologic P Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply Function Without 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2 With 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2 Fault Protection for LSIG Functions Yes Yes LED Trip Indication Yes Yes LCD Display and Backlight are Functional Yes1 Yes Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for Testing Ground Fault2 Yes1 Yes Metering, Monitoring, and History Logs are Functional Yes1 Yes Communications Between Trip Unit and M2C and M6C Programmable Contact Modules No Yes Operation of M6C Programmable Contact Module No Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for the module Modbus® Communications No Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for the circuit breaker communication module 1 2 If circuit breaker has 100 Vac or more between two phases or phase to neutral and is bottom fed or closed in a top fed application. Ground-fault push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit. Tripping and Alarm Histories The last ten trips and ten alarms are recorded in two separate history files that can be displayed on the screen (sample displays are shown). The following information is contained in these files: Trip history Trip 03/08/1999 11:04:18 am Trip History Alarm History 03/08/1999 Ir = 4000 A • Type of fault • Type of alarm Isd I1 = 4800 A • Date and time of fault • Date and time of alarm 27/07/1999 I2 = 5600 A • Interrupted current • Values measured at time of alarm Vmax I3 = 4000 A Ir 30/06/1999 Trip History IN = 200 A Alarm History Metering The Micrologic P trip unit calculates in real time the electrical values V, A, W, VAR, VA, Wh, VARh, VAh, Hz, power factor and crest factor. It also calculates demand current and power over an adjustable time period. I(A) Iinstant. max Trip 5000 A 24s 30kA 0.4s 85kA Current Metering IA = 4800 A IB = 4600 A IC = 4000 A IN = 200 A I = 13 A Maximum Current Vinst. VAB = 460 V VBC = 464 V VCA = 461 V VAN = 270 V VBN = 279 V VCN = 273 V Voltage Metering Pinst. P (kW) 2180 Q (kVAR) - 650 S (kVA) 2280 Power Metering F (Hz) 60.0 Frequency Pdemand P (kW) 2180 Q (kVAR) - 650 S (kVA) 2280 Power Demand 31 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Real-Time Metering The value displayed on the screen is refreshed every second. Minimum and maximum measurement values are stored in memory. Table 28: Real-Time Metering Unit of Measurement Measurement Source IRMS A ØA, ØB, ØC or N IAVERAGE A (ØA + ØB + ØC) / 3 IPEAK/√ 2 A ØA, ØB, ØC or N VRMS V (ØA–ØB), (ØB–ØC) and (ØC–ØA) VRMS V (ØA–N), (ØB–N) and (ØC–N) ΔVIMBALANCE % VRMS P, Q and S W, VAR, VA Total EP, EQ and ES Wh, VARh, VAh Total Hz 50/60 Type of Measurement Current Voltage Power Power factor Frequency F Total Demand Metering The demand is calculated over a fixed or sliding time window that can be programmed from five to sixty minutes. Depending on the contract signed with the power supplier, specific programming makes it possible to avoid or minimize the cost of overrunning the subscribed power. Maximum demand values are systematically stored and time stamped. Table 29: Demand Metering Type of Measurement Unit of Measurement Measurement Source Current IDEMAND A ØA, ØB, ØC or N Power P, Q and SDEMAND W, VAR, VA Total Communication Network The communication network may be used to: • • • • Remotely read parameters for the protection functions. Transmit all the measurements and calculated values. Signal the causes of tripping and alarms. Consult the history files and the maintenance indicator record. In addition, an event log of the last 100 events and a maintenance record, which is stored in the trip unit memory but not available locally, may be accessed via the communication network. This Modbus® communication system is compatible with the Powerlogic™ System Manager™ software (SMS). Event Log The event log may be accessed by a remote computer via the communication network. All events are time stamped and include: • • • • • • • Trips Beginning and end of alarms Modifications to settings and parameters Loss of time Test kit connections Counter resets System faults (thermal self-protection, major fault and minor fault alarms) 32 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Micrologic™ 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units with Harmonic Metering In addition to the P functions, the Micrologic H trip units offer: Micrologic 6.0 H (A) I (V) V (kW) P E (kWh) Harmonics • • • In-depth analysis of power quality including calculation of harmonics and the fundamentals • Systematic time stamping of all events and creation of logs Diagnostics aid and event analysis through waveform capture Customized alarm programming to analyze and track down a disturbance on the ac power system Metering The Micrologic H trip unit offers all the measurements carried out by the Micrologic P trip unit, with the addition of phase-by-phase measurements of power and energy as well as calculation of: • • • Current and voltage total harmonic distortion (THD, thd) • Real-time metering: The value displayed on the screen is refreshed every second. The table below shows what is measured in real-time metering Current, voltage and power fundamentals (50/60 Hz) Harmonic components (amplitude and phase) up to the 31st current and voltage harmonic Table 30: Measurements Type of Measurement long time Ir .7 .6 .5 .4 alarm tr 8 (s) 4 .9 12 16 .95 2 .98 1 20 24 1 .5 .8 x In @ 6 Ir instantaneous short time Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd (s) Ig E .3 .2 .1 on .2 .1 0 2 I t off delay lg F G H J Ii .4 .4 .3 setting D C B A Current (s) 6 8 10 4 12 3 15 off 2 x In Voltage test Power .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .1 on .2 .1 Unit of Measurement Measurement Source IRMS A ØA, ØB, ØC or N IAVERAGE A (ØA + ØB + ØC) / 3 IPEAK/√2 A ØA, ØB, ØC or N ΔIIMBALANCE % ØA, ØB, ØC or N VRMS V (ØA–ØB), (ØB–ØC) and (ØC– ØA) VRMS V (ØA–N), (ØB–N) and (ØC–N) ΔVIMBALANCE % VRMS P, Q and S W, VAR, VA Total EP, EQ and ES Wh, VARh, VAh Total Power factor Frequency 0 I t off 2 ground fault Hz ØA, ØB, or ØC Fundamentals 50/60 Hz component V, I, P, Q, and S % V/I Amplitude to phase 1, 2, 3, 4...50 Power Quality THD Indicators V and I harmonics • Total F Demand Metering: Similar to the Micrologic P trip unit, demand values are calculated over a fixed or sliding time window that can be set from five to sixty minutes. Table 31: Demand Metering Type of Measurement Unit of Measurement Measurement Source Current IDEMAND A ØA, ØB, ØC or N Power P, Q and SDEMAND W, VAR, VA Total Waveform Capture The Micrologic H trip units can capture and store current and voltage waveforms using digital sampling techniques similar to those used in oscilloscopes. Using the information available in the captured waveform, it is possible to determine the level of harmonics as well as the direction and amplitude of the flow of harmonic power. The Micrologic™ H trip unit can record manually via the keypad the following waveforms: • • Currents IA, IB, IC and IN Phase-to-phase voltages VAB, VBC, and VCA 33 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Waveforms may be displayed on the graphic screen of the control unit or communicated over a networked system. The recording takes place over one cycle with a measurement range of 1 to 1.5 In for current and 0 to 690 volts for voltage. Resolution is 64 points per cycle. Customized Alarm Programming The instantaneous value of each measurement can be compared to user-set high and low thresholds. Overrun of a threshold generates an alarm. Programmable action can be linked to each alarm, including circuit breaker opening, activation of an M6C contact, recording of measurements in a log, etc. Event Logs Each event is recorded with: • • The date, time, and name of the event The event characteristics Micrologic H trip units are designed to be used with an external 24 Vdc power supply. Current-based protection functions require no auxiliary power source. Table 32: Micrologic H Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply Without 24 Vdc Power With 24 Vdc Power Supply Supply at F1 and F2 at F1 and F2 Function Fault Protection for LSIG Functions Yes Yes LED Trip Indication Yes Yes LCD Display and Backlight are Functional Yes1 Yes Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for Testing Ground Fault2 Yes1 Yes Metering, Monitoring, and History Logs are Functional Yes1 Yes Communications Between Trip Unit and M2C and M6C Programmable Contact Modules No Yes Operation of M6C Programmable Contact Module No Yes, with Separate 24 Vdc Power Supply for the Module Modbus™ Communications No Yes, with Separate 24 Vdc Power Supply for the Circuit Breaker Communication Module 1 2 If circuit breaker has 100 Vac or more between two phases or phase to neutral and is bottom fed or closed in a top fed application. Ground-fault push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit. Additional Characteristics for Type P and H Trip Units • Setting the display language: System messages can be displayed in six different languages (English - US, English - UK, French, German, Spanish, and Italian). The desired language is selected via the keypad. • Protection functions: All current-based protection functions require no auxiliary source. Voltagebased protection functions are connected to ac power via a voltage measurement input built into the circuit breaker on the bottom side. (Optional external voltage measurement is available as a factory-installed option.) • Accuracy of measurements (including sensors): — Voltage (V) 1% — Current (A) 1.5% (higher accuracy [1%] may be achieved with special calibration on the current transformer [CT characterization option]) — Frequency (Hz) 0.1 Hz — Power (W) and energy (Wh) 2.5% — The Micrologic H trip unit uses a dedicated metering data chain separate from the protection data chain so that a greater number of data samples can be used for metering. This increases the number of samples taken per time period, which in turn gives the H trip unit a higher degree of metering accuracy. 34 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems • Stored information: The fine setting adjustments, the last 100 events and the maintenance record remain in the trip unit memory even when power is lost. • Reset: An individual reset, via the keypad or remotely, will reset alarms, minimum and maximum data, peak values, counters and indicators. Micrologic™ Trip Unit Functions Long-time Pickup Long-time Delay long time Ir .7 .6 .5 .4 alarm tr 8 (s) 4 .9 12 16 .95 2 .98 1 20 24 1 .5 .8 x In Alarm Indicator @ 6 Ir instantaneous short time Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 0 .1 on I2t setting Ig D C B A E 4 3 2 off x In 15 off test .4 .4 .3 (s) .3 .2 .1 on The long-time pickup switch sets the maximum current level the circuit breaker will carry continuously. The maximum current level (Ir) is the long-time pickup setting multiplied by the sensor plug amperage (In). If the current exceeds this value for longer than the long-time delay time, the circuit breaker will trip. The long-time delay switch sets the length of time that the circuit breaker will carry a sustained overload before tripping. Delay bands are labeled in seconds of overcurrent at six times the ampere rating. For maximum coordination, there are eight delay bands. Long-time delay is an “inverse time” characteristic in that the delay time decreases as the current increases. 6 8 10 12 delay tg F G H J Ii (s) Long-Time Trip Functions .2 .1 0 I2t off The trip unit includes an alarm indicator that will be lit continuously when the current is above 100% of the pickup setting. ground fault Long-time Trip Functions Short-Time Trip Functions Short-time Pickup long time Ir .7 .6 .5 .4 tr .8 (s) 4 .9 .95 2 .98 1 1 .5 x In 8 alarm 12 16 20 24 Short-time Delay Instantaneous @ 6 Ir instantaneous short time Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir tsd (s) .3 .2 .1 on setting Ig D C B A E .2 .1 0 I2t off delay tg F G H J Ii .4 .4 .3 (s) 6 8 10 12 4 3 15 2 off x In test .4 .4 .3 .2 .1 .3 .2 .1 on I2t 0 off ground fault Short-time Trip Functions The short-time pickup switch sets the short-circuit current level at which the circuit breaker will trip after the set short-time delay. The short-time current (Isd) equals the short-time pickup setting multiplied by the long-time pickup (Ir). The short-time delay switch sets the length of time the circuit breaker will carry a short circuit within the short-time pickup range. The delay (based on 10 times the ampere rating Ir) can be adjusted to four positions of I2t ramp operation (I2t ON) or five positions of fixed time delays (I2t OFF). I2t ON delay is an “inverse time” characteristic in that the delay time decreases as the current increases. Short-time delay for the 2.0 trip unit is fixed at a delay band of 20 to 80 ms. Instantaneous Trip Function The instantaneous pickup switch sets the short-circuit current level at which the circuit breaker will trip with no intentional time delay. The instantaneous current (Ii) is equal to the instantaneous pickup setting multiplied by the sensor plug amperage (In). The instantaneous function will override the short-time function if the instantaneous pickup is adjusted at the same or lower setting than the short-time pickup. In trip units with both adjustable short-time and instantaneous trip functions, the adjustable instantaneous trip can be disabled by setting Instantaneous pickup to OFF. 35 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Ground-Fault Trip Functions The ground-fault pickup switch sets the current level at which the circuit breaker will trip after the set ground-fault delay. Ground-fault pickup values (Ig) are based on circuit breaker sensor plug (In) only, not on the rating plug multiplier (Ir). Changing the rating plug multiplier has no effect on ground-fault pickup values. long time Ir .7 .6 .5 .4 tr .8 (s) 4 .9 .95 2 .98 1 1 .5 x In 8 alarm 12 16 20 24 @ 6 Ir tsd .4 .4 .3 .2 .3 .1 .2 0 .1 D C B A E on tg F G H J Ii (s) setting Ig Ground-fault Pickup instantaneous short time Isd 4 5 3 2.5 6 2 8 1.5 10 x Ir (s) I2t delay off 4 3 6 8 10 12 Ground-fault Delay 15 2 off x In test .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .1 on .2 .1 0 I2t off The ground-fault delay switch sets the length of time the circuit breaker will carry ground-fault current which exceeds the ground-fault pickup level before tripping. The delay, based on the sensor plug amperage (In), can be adjusted to four positions of I2t ramp operation (I2t ON) or five positions of fixed time delays (I2t OFF). I2t ON delay is an “inverse time” characteristic in that the delay time decreases as the current increases. ground fault Communication Network P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers and Micrologic™ trip unit information is available via a Modbus® communication network to Powerlogic™ System ManagerTM software (SMS) or third party applications for reporting and recording. Types of Information via Modbus communication network includes: • • • • • • • Circuit breaker identification and status Remote control of circuit breaker operation View and set protection function parameters Real-time readings Trip indication Alarm reporting Historical files and maintenance records The Modbus circuit breaker communication feature, standard on the Micrologic P and H trip units and available for the Micrologic A trip unit, is made up of: • A Modbus Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) installed on the circuit breaker and supplied with a kit for optional connection to the XF shunt close and MX shunt trip • An optional Modbus Cradle Communication Module (CCM) installed adjacent to the circuit breaker cradle. A set of cradle position switches is required for status of circuit breaker position (connected, test, or disconnected). (Drawout circuit breaker only.) Modbus Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) The Modbus Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) is installed in the circuit breaker and requires a separate, isolated 24 Vdc power source. The BCM is optically coupled to the Micrologic trip unit to ensure a high level of isolation between the trip unit and the communication network. The Modbus BCM provides circuit breaker status via dedicated OF (open or closed) and SDE (fault tripped) switches and provides the capability of remotely controlling the circuit breaker. It also maintains an event log of circuit breaker status containing the number of times the circuit breaker has experienced each status position with the date and time of the last transition. This information and the remote control capability are available to a Modbus supervisor system via a Modbus communication network. Modbus Cradle Communication Module (CCM) The optional Modbus Cradle Communication Module (CCM) (drawout circuit breakers only) is installed adjacent to the circuit breaker cradle and is the gateway between the Modbus network and the Modbus BCM. The Modbus CCM provides circuit breaker cradle status including connected position (CE), disconnected position (CD) and cradle test position (CT). The CCM monitors the position of the 36 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems Modbus BCM and trip unit when it detects a circuit breaker being racked from the disconnected to the test position. This capability allows a circuit breaker to be replaced without the need to manually configure the communication parameters in the Modbus BCM. The CCM maintains an event log of the date and time of the last circuit breaker transition. In order to aid system communication troubleshooting, the CCM has visual indication of the module’s operating status by means of two LEDs. Powerlogic™ System Manager Software (SMS) System Manager Software (SMS), used for power systems and energy management, provides the human-machine interface (HMI) for electrical system information on a PC. SMS displays circuit breaker and trip unit information in several formats including: • Graphical screens including real-time readings, circuit breaker status and remote control of circuit breaker operation • • • • Tables displaying real-time readings, maintenance information and date and time of last operation Waveform captures including harmonic content Tabular displays of event logs and data logs Alarm annunciation and recording Electrical Installation Supervision using ION-Enterprise Software • PowerLogic™ ION-Enterprise software is ideally suited to the supervision needs of small system applications, monitoring up to 32 devices. • Installed on a PC under Windows, it represents a cost-effective and easy-to-implement powermonitoring solution that offers: — automatic detection of compatible devices — real-time monitoring of data including power requirements — a report generator with a number of pre-defined reports that can be exported to — Excel — cost allocation — time-stamped data-logging possibilities — Modbus serial and Modbus TCP/IP compatible communication. 37 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Section 3—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Performance PowerPact M-frame molded case circuit breakers provide improved performance and a compact solution for applications up to 800 A. They complement the existing PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breakers, and replace the traditional MA/MH circuit breakers with a smaller footprint and competitive cost. • • Available in 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, and 800 A ratings. Available in 2- and 3-pole unit-mount and I-Line versions Table 33: Frame Termination Options Termination Letter M-Frame Unit-Mount M-Frame Termination Option F No Lugs L Lugs both ends M Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit Off end P Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit On end For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. M G L 3 6 4 0 0 or D G L 3 6 4 0 0 E 2 0 Termination Letter M-Frame I-Line • Built-in electronic trip unit type ET 1.0 provides better accuracy than standard thermal-magnetic trip units. The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced, nor does it allow adjustment of the trip point setting. (It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker.) • FIxed long-time and adjustable instantaneous protection (2 to 10 times nominal ampere rating) is standard. • Same dimensions, common mounting, bussing, cabling and door cut-out as PowerPact P-frame circuit breakers. • • Approximately 15% smaller installed volume than the MA/MH circuit breakers. A full range of electrical accessories are available: — Shunt trip (various AC and DC voltages are available) — Undervoltage trip (various AC and DC voltages are available) — Time delayed undervoltage trip (various AC and DC voltages are available) — Auxiliary switches (up to 3A/3B); low-level switches are also available (voltage and amperage) — Alarm switch (1A/1B); low-level switches are also available (voltage and amperage) — Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) • A full range of mechanical accessories are available: — Standard mechanical lugs (aluminum or copper) — Crimp (compression) lugs (aluminum or copper) — Power distribution lugs (aluminum only) — Bus connector kit — Inter-phase barriers — Door escutcheons (for toggle or accessory cover) — Padlocking device (removable or fixed version), complies with OSHA requirements — Key-lock device (Kirk® or Schneider Electric™ keylocks) 38 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers Table 34: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 1.0 Electronic Trip (Fixed Long-Time and Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Settings) Current Rating Type Poles 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A MG 2 MGL26300 MGL26350 MGL26400 MGL26450 MGL26500 MGL26600 MGL26700 MGL26800 MJ 2 MJL26300 MJL26350 MJL26400 MJL26450 MJL26500 MJL26600 MJL26700 MJL26800 MG 3 MGL36300 MGL36350 MGL36400 MGL36450 MGL36500 MGL36600 MGL36700 MGL36800 MJ 3 MJL36300 MJL36350 MJL36400 MJL36450 MJL36500 MJL36600 MJL36700 MJL36800 Table 35: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line™, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 1.0 Electronic Trip (Fixed Long-Time and Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Settings) Current Rating Type Poles 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A MG1 2 MGA263002 MGA263502 MGA264002 MGA264502 MGA265002 MGA266002 MGA267002 MGA268002 MJ1 2 MJA263002 MJA263502 MJA264002 MJA264502 MJA265002 MJA266002 MJA267002 MJA268002 MG2 3 MGA36300 MGA36350 MGA36400 MGA36450 MGA36500 MGA36600 MGA36700 MGA36800 MJ2 3 MJA36300 MJA36350 MJA36400 MJA36450 MJA36500 MJA36600 MJA36700 MJA36800 1 Suffix 2 is for AC phasing (standard offer), or use 5 for CA phasing (option). 2 No suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option). Interrupting Ratings Table 36: Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Ratings Mounting IndividuallyMounted M-Frame Unit-Mount I-Line Circuit Breaker MG MJ MG MJ IEC 60947-2 UL/CSA/NMX 240 Vac 380/415 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 100 kA 35 kA 65 kA 35 kA 65 kA 18 KA 25 kA 18 KA 25 kA 50 kA 65 kA 50 kA 65 kA 25 kA 35 kA 25 kA 35 kA 35 kA 50 kA 35 kA 50 kA 20 kA 25 kA 20 kA 25 kA Termination Information Unit-mount circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. I-Line circuit breakers have lugs standard on the O/OFF end. These lugs accept aluminum or copper wire. See Table 88 on page 86 for more lug options. Accessories M-Frame I-Line Accessories are available either factory- or field-installed. They can be installed in accessory compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. See Table 62 on page 70 for available accessories. 39 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 3—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Control Wiring Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover. NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams Auxiliary Contacts OF Open/Closed Circuit Breaker Position Contacts SD Bell Alarm Remote Operation MN Undervoltage Trip Device MX Shunt Trip Remote Operation SD Closed Open 92 94 82 84 31 32 34 12 14 OF3 21 22 24 32 34 OF2 D2/C2 Alarm Contacts C2 D1/C1 11 12 14 D2 MN/MX OF1 Tripped Connector Description Fault Function 22 24 Figure 1: 91 92 94 MN MX OF3 OF2 OF1 SDE SD 81 82 or 91 81 11 21 31 D1 C1 84 SDE 40 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Performance Providing unparalleled performance and control, the P-frame circuit breakers features the exclusive Micrologic™ electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility. The compact size and small footprint of the P-frame circuit breaker permits high density installations in I-Line™ panelboards and switchboards. These circuit breakers are available in 100% rated construction for all unit-mount circuit breakers and up to 800 A in I-Line circuit breakers to meet a broad range of commercial and industrial application needs. • Both standard (80%) and 100% rated construction circuit breakers are available in 1200 A with a sensor size range of 250–1200 A. • Interrupting ratings (AIR): P-Frame Unit-Mount P-Frame I-Line Voltage G J K L 240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 50 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA • The P-frame circuit breakers with K interrupting rating are recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc. • Compact circuit breaker size allows for small footprint installations using I-Line panelboards and switchboards. Nine inch width provides increased density installation. • • Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation • • • Field-installable sensor plugs (after January 2007). See Table 74 on page 78. • • Connection options include bus, cable or I-Line for installation flexibility. P-Frame Drawout Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic™ power metering and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units. Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers. Built-in Modbus® protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to purchase additional, proprietary network solutions. Additional options are available for 5-cycle closing, stored energy mechanisms and drawoutmounting. 41 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers Table 37: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount1, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breaker Catalog Number2 Trip Unit Current Rating (Sensor Rating) Basic Electronic Trip Unit Type 250 A3 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A ET1.0I — — PGL36060 PGL36080 PGL36100 PGL36120 2P4, 3P — — PJL36060 PJL36080 PJL36100 PJL36120 — — PKL36060 PKL36080 PKL36100 PKL36120 — — PLL34060 PLL34080 PLL34100 PLL34120 PGL36025U31A PGL36040U31A PGL36060U31A PGL36080U31A PGL36100U31A PGL36120U31A PJL36025U31A PJL36040U31A PJL36060U31A PJL36080U31A PJL36100U31A PJL36120U31A PKL36025U31A PKL36040U31A PKL36060U31A PKL36080U31A PKL36100U31A PKL36120U31A PLL34025U31A PLL34040U31A PLL34060U31A PLL34080U31A PLL34100U31A PLL34120U31A PGL36025U33A PGL36040U33A PGL36060U33A PGL36080U33A PGL36100U33A PGL36120U33A PJL36025U33A PJL36040U33A PJL36060U33A PJL36080U33A PJL36100U33A PJL36120U33A PKL36025U33A PKL36040U33A PKL36060U33A PKL36080U33A PKL36100U33A PKL36120U33A PLL34025U33A PLL34040U33A PLL34060U33A PLL34080U33A PLL34100U33A PLL34120U33A PGL36025U41A PGL36040U41A PGL36060U41A PGL36080U41A PGL36100U41A PGL36120U41A PJL36025U41A PJL36040U41A PJL36060U41A PJL36080U41A PJL36100U41A PJL36120U41A PKL36025U41A PKL36040U41A PKL36060U41A PKL36080U41A PKL36100U41A PKL36120U41A PLL34025U41A PLL34040U41A PLL34060U41A PLL34080U41A PLL34100U41A PLL34120U41A PGL36025U43A PGL36040U43A PGL36060U43A PGL36080U43A PGL36100U43A PGL36120U43A PJL36025U43A PJL36040U43A PJL36060U43A PJL36080U43A PJL36100U43A PJL36120U43A PKL36025U43A PKL36040U43A PKL36060U43A PKL36080U43A PKL36100U43A PKL36120U43A PLL34025U43A PLL34040U43A PLL34060U43A PLL34080U43A PLL34100U43A PLL34120U43A PGL36025U44A PGL36040U44A PGL36060U44A PGL36080U44A PGL36100U44A PGL36120U44A PJL36025U44A PJL36040U44A PJL36060U44A PJL36080U44A PJL36100U44A PJL36120U44A PKL36025U44A PKL36040U44A PKL36060U44A PKL36080U44A PKL36100U44A PKL36120U44A PLL34025U44A PLL34040U44A PLL34060U44A PLL34080U44A PLL34100U44A PLL34120U44A PGL36025U63AE1 PGL36040U63AE1 PGL36060U63AE1 PGL36080U63AE1 PGL36100U63AE1 PGL36120U63AE1 PJL36025U63AE1 PJL36040U63AE1 PJL36060U63AE1 PJL36080U63AE1 PJL36100U63AE1 PJL36120U63AE1 PKL36025U63AE1 PKL36040U63AE1 PKL36060U63AE1 PKL36080U63AE1 PKL36100U63AE1 PKL36120U63AE1 PLL34025U63AE1 PLL34040U63AE1 PLL34060U63AE1 PLL34080U63AE1 PLL34100U63AE1 PLL34120U63AE1 PGL36025U64AE1 PGL36040U64AE1 PGL36060U64AE1 PGL36080U64AE1 PGL36100U64AE1 PGL36120U64AE1 PJL36025U64AE1 PJL36040U64AE1 PJL36060U64AE1 PJL36080U64AE1 PJL36100U64AE1 PJL36120U64AE1 PKL36025U64AE1 PKL36040U64AE1 PKL36060U64AE1 PKL36080U64AE1 PKL36100U64AE1 PKL36120U64AE1 PLL34025U64AE1 PLL34040U64AE1 PLL34060U64AE1 PLL34080U64AE1 PLL34100U64AE1 PLL34120U64AE1 PGL36025U73AE1 PGL36040U73AE1 PGL36060U73AE1 PGL36080U73AE1 PGL36100U73AE1 PGL36120U73AE1 PJL36025U73AE1 PJL36040U73AE1 PJL36060U73AE1 PJL36080U73AE1 PJL36100U73AE1 PJL36120U73AE1 PKL36025U73AE1 PKL36040U73AE1 PKL36060U73AE1 PKL36080U73AE1 PKL36100U73AE1 PKL36120U73AE1 PLL34025U73AE1 PLL34040U73AE1 PLL34060U73AE1 PLL34080U73AE1 PLL34100U73AE1 PLL34120U73AE1 PGL36025U74AE1 PGL36040U74AE1 PGL36060U74AE1 PGL36080U74AE1 PGL36100U74AE1 PGL36120U74AE1 PJL36025U74AE1 PJL36040U74AE1 PJL36060U74AE1 PJL36080U74AE1 PJL36100U74AE1 PJL36120U74AE1 PKL36025U74AE1 PKL36040U74AE1 PKL36060U74AE1 PKL36080U74AE1 PKL36100U74AE1 PKL36120U74AE1 PLL34025U74AE1 PLL34040U74AE1 PLL34060U74AE1 PLL34080U74AE1 PLL34100U74AE1 PLL34120U74AE1 (Not Fixed Interchangeable) Long-time 3.0 (LI) 3P, Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit 4P5 (G & K only) 5.0 (LSI) 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 3.0A (LI) 3P 4P5 (G & K only) Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit6 5.0A (LSI) 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 6.0A (LSIG) 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 5.0P (LSI) 3P Micrologic 4P5 (G & K only) Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® 6.0P (LSIG) Communications 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 5.0H (LSI) Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 6.0H (LSIG) 3P 4P5 (G & K only) 1200 A 1 Catalog numbers are for circuit breakers with lugs on line and load ends. Consult the Product Selector for catalog numbers for circuit breakers with alternate terminations. 2 The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA. 3 250 A is not available as a 4 pole circuit breaker. 4 For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PGL36025 becomes PGL26025.) 5 For 4P (available in G and K interrupting levels only), replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PGL36040U31A becomes PGL46040U31A). 6 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 42 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Table 38: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount1, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Trip Unit, Circuit Breaker Catalog Number2 Interchangeable 3P, 4P Current Rating (Sensor Rating) Type 250 A3 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit 3.0 (LI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) 5.0 (LSI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) PGL36025CU31A PGL36040CU31A PGL36060CU31A PGL36080CU31A PGL36100CU31A PGL36120CU31A PJL36025CU31A PJL36040CU31A PJL36060CU31A PJL36080CU31A PJL36100CU31A PJL36120CU31A PKL36025CU31A PKL36040CU31A PKL36060CU31A PKL36080CU31A PKL36100CU31A PKL36120CU31A PLL34025CU31A PLL34040CU31A PLL34060CU31A PLL34080CU31A PLL34100CU31A PLL34120CU31A PGL36025CU33A PGL36040CU33A PGL36060CU33A PGL36080CU33A PGL36100CU33A PGL36120CU33A PJL36025CU33A PJL36040CU33A PJL36060CU33A PJL36080CU33A PJL36100CU33A PJL36120CU33A PKL36025CU33A PKL36040CU33A PKL36060CU33A PKL36080CU33A PKL36100CU33A PKL36120CU33A PLL34025CU33A PLL34040CU33A PLL34060CU33A PLL34080CU33A PLL34100CU33A PLL34120CU33A Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit5 3.0A (LI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) 5.0A (LSI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) 6.0A (LSIG) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) PGL36025CU41A PGL36040CU41A PGL36060CU41A PGL36080CU41A PGL36100CU41A PGL36120CU41A PJL36025CU41A PJL36040CU41A PJL36060CU41A PJL36080CU41A PJL36100CU41A PJL36120CU41A PKL36025CU41A PKL36040CU41A PKL36060CU41A PKL36080CU41A PKL36100CU41A PKL36120CU41A PLL34025CU41A PLL34040CU41A PLL34060CU41A PLL34080CU41A PLL34100CU41A PLL34120CU41A PGL36025CU43A PGL36040CU43A PGL36060CU43A PGL36080CU43A PGL36100CU43A PGL36120CU43A PJL36025CU43A PJL36040CU43A PJL36060CU43A PJL36080CU43A PJL36100CU43A PJL36120CU43A PKL36025CU43A PKL36040CU43A PKL36060CU43A PKL36080CU43A PKL36100CU43A PKL36120CU43A PLL34025CU43A PLL34040CU43A PLL34060CU43A PLL34080CU43A PLL34100CU43A PLL34120CU43A PGL36025CU44A PGL36040CU44A PGL36060CU44A PGL36080CU44A PGL36100CU44A PGL36120CU44A PJL36025CU44A PJL36040CU44A PJL36060CU44A PJL36080CU44A PJL36100CU44A PJL36120CU44A PKL36025CU44A PKL36040CU44A PKL36060CU44A PKL36080CU44A PKL36100CU44A PKL36120CU44A PLL34025CU44A PLL34040CU44A PLL34060CU44A PLL34080CU44A PLL34100CU44A PLL34120CU44A Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications 5.0P (LSI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) 6.0P (LSIG) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) PGL36025CU63AE1 PGL36040CU63AE1 PGL36060CU63AE1 PGL36080CU63AE1 PGL36100CU63AE1 PGL36120CU63AE1 PJL36025CU63AE1 PJL36040CU63AE1 PJL36060CU63AE1 PJL36080CU63AE1 PJL36100CU63AE1 PJL36120CU63AE1 PKL36025CU63AE1 PKL36040CU63AE1 PKL36060CU63AE1 PKL36080CU63AE1 PKL36100CU63AE1 PKL36120CU63AE1 PLL34025CU63AE1 PLL34040CU63AE1 PLL34060CU63AE1 PLL34080CU63AE1 PLL34100CU63AE1 PLL34120CU63AE1 PGL36025CU64AE1 PGL36040CU64AE1 PGL36060CU64AE1 PGL36080CU64AE1 PGL36100CU64AE1 PGL36120CU64AE1 PJL36025CU64AE1 PJL36040CU64AE1 PJL36060CU64AE1 PJL36080CU64AE1 PJL36100CU64AE1 PJL36120CU64AE1 PKL36025CU64AE1 PKL36040CU64AE1 PKL36060CU64AE1 PKL36080CU64AE1 PKL36100CU64AE1 PKL36120CU64AE1 PLL34025CU64AE1 PLL34040CU64AE1 PLL34060CU64AE1 PLL34080CU64AE1 PLL34100CU64AE1 PLL34120CU64AE1 PGL36120CU73AE1 Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications 5.0H (LSI) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) 6.0H (LSIG) 3P 4P4 (G & K only) PGL36025CU73AE1 PGL36040CU73AE1 PGL36060CU73AE1 PGL36080CU73AE1 PGL36100CU73AE1 PJL36025CU73AE1 PJL36040CU73AE1 PJL36060CU73AE1 PJL36080CU73AE1 PJL36100CU73AE1 PJL36120CU73AE1 PKL36025CU73AE1 PKL36040CU73AE1 PKL36060CU73AE1 PKL36080CU73AE1 PKL36100CU73AE1 PKL36120CU73AE1 PLL34025CU73AE1 PLL34040CU73AE1 PLL34060CU73AE1 PLL34080CU73AE1 PLL34100CU73AE1 PLL34120CU73AE1 PGL36025CU74AE1 PGL36040CU74AE1 PGL36060CU74AE1 PGL36080CU74AE1 PGL36100CU74AE1 PGL36120CU74AE1 PJL36025CU74AE1 PJL36040CU74AE1 PJL36060CU74AE1 PJL36080CU74AE1 PJL36100CU74AE1 PJL36120CU74AE1 PKL36025CU74AE1 PKL36040CU74AE1 PKL36060CU74AE1 PKL36080CU74AE1 PKL36100CU74AE1 PKL36120CU74AE1 PLL34025CU74AE1 PLL34040CU74AE1 PLL34060CU74AE1 PLL34080CU74AE1 PLL34100CU74AE1 PLL34120CU74AE1 1 Catalog numbers are for circuit breakers with lugs on line and load ends. Consult the product selector for catalog numbers for circuit breakers with alternate terminations. 2 The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA. 3 250 A is not available as a 4 pole circuit breaker. 4 For 4P (available in G and K interrupting levels only), replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PGL36040CU31A becomes PGL46040CU31A). 5 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 43 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Table 39: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Circuit Breaker Catalog Number1 Trip Unit Current Rating (Sensor Rating) Type2 250 A 400 A 600 A Basic Electronic Trip Unit ET1.0I — — PGA36060 PGA36080 PGA36100 PGA36120 2P3, 3P — — PJA36060 PJA36080 PJA36100 PJA36120 Not Interchangeable Fixed Long-time — — PKA36060 PKA36080 PKA36100 PKA36120 — — PLA34060 PLA34080 PLA34100 PLA34120 Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit4 800 A 1000 A 1200 A PGA36025U31A PGA36040U31A PGA36060U31A PGA36080U31A PGA36100U31A PGA36120U31A 3.0 (LI) PJA36025U31A PJA36040U31A PJA36060U31A PJA36080U31A PJA36100U31A PJA36120U31A 3P PKA36025U31A PKA36040U31A PKA36060U31A PKA36080U31A PKA36100U31A PKA36120U31A PLA34025U31A PLA34040U31A PLA34060U31A PLA34080U31A PLA34100U31A PLA34120U31A PGA36025U33A PGA36040U33A PGA36060U33A PGA36080U33A PGA36100U33A PGA36120U33A 5.0 (LSI) PJA36025U33A PJA36040U33A PJA36060U33A PJA36080U33A PJA36100U33A PJA36120U33A 3P PKA36025U33A PKA36040U33A PKA36060U33A PKA36080U33A PKA36100U33A PKA36120U33A PLA34025U33A PLA34040U33A PLA34060U33A PLA34080U33A PLA34100U33A PLA34120U33A PGA36025U41A PGA36040U41A PGA36060U41A PGA36080U41A PGA36100U41A PGA36120U41A 3.0A (LI) PJA36025U41A PJA36040U41A PJA36060U41A PJA36080U41A PJA36100U41A PJA36120U41A 3P PKA36025U41A PKA36040U41A PKA36060U41A PKA36080U41A PKA36100U41A PKA36120U41A PLA34025U41A PLA34040U41A PLA34060U41A PLA34080U41A PLA34100U41A PLA34120U41A PGA36025U43A PGA36040U43A PGA36060U43A PGA36080U43A PGA36100U43A PGA36120U43A 5.0A (LSI) PJA36025U43A PJA36040U43A PJA36060U43A PJA36080U43A PJA36100U43A PJA36120U43A 3P PKA36025U43A PKA36040U43A PKA36060U43A PKA36080U43A PKA36100U43A PKA36120U43A PLA34025U43A PLA34040U43A PLA34060U43A PLA34080U43A PLA34100U43A PLA34120U43A PGA36025U44A PGA36040U44A PGA36060U44A PGA36080U44A PGA36100U44A PGA36120U44A 6.0A (LSIG) PJA36025U44A PJA36040U44A PJA36060U44A PJA36080U44A PJA36100U44A PJA36120U44A 3P PKA36025U44A PKA36040U44A PKA36060U44A PKA36080U44A PKA36100U44A PKA36120U44A PLA34025U44A PLA34040U44A PLA34060U44A PLA34080U44A PLA34100U44A PLA34120U44A PGA36025U63AE1 PGA36040U63AE1 PGA36060U63AE1 PGA36080U63AE1 PGA36100U63AE1 PGA36120U63AE1 PJA36025U63AE1 PJA36040U63AE1 PJA36060U63AE1 PJA36080U63AE1 PJA36100U63AE1 PJA36120U63AE1 PKA36025U63AE1 PKA36040U63AE1 PKA36060U63AE1 PKA36080U63AE1 PKA36100U63AE1 PKA36120U63AE1 PLA34025U63AE1 PLA34040U63AE1 PLA34060U63AE1 PLA34080U63AE1 PLA34100U63AE1 PLA34120U63AE1 PGA36025U64AE1 PGA36040U64AE1 PGA36060U64AE1 PGA36080U64AE1 PGA36100U64AE1 PGA36120U64AE1 PJA36025U64AE1 PJA36040U64AE1 PJA36060U64AE1 PJA36080U64AE1 PJA36100U64AE1 PJA36120U64AE1 PKA36025U64AE1 PKA36040U64AE1 PKA36060U64AE1 PKA36080U64AE1 PKA36100U64AE1 PKA36120U64AE1 5.0P (LSI) 3P Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications 6.0P (LSIG) 3P 5.0H (LSI) Micrologic 3P Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications 6.0H (LSIG) 3P PLA34025U64AE1 PLA34040U64AE1 PLA34060U64AE1 PLA34080U64AE1 PLA34100U64AE1 PLA34120U64AE1 PGA36025U73AE1 PGA36040U73AE1 PGA36060U73AE1 PGA36080U73AE1 PGA36100U73AE1 PGA36120U73AE1 PJA36025U73AE1 PJA36040U73AE1 PJA36060U73AE1 PJA36080U73AE1 PJA36100U73AE1 PJA36120U73AE1 PKA36025U73AE1 PKA36040U73AE1 PKA36060U73AE1 PKA36080U73AE1 PKA36100U73AE1 PKA36120U73AE1 PLA34025U73AE1 PLA34040U73AE1 PLA34060U73AE1 PLA34080U73AE1 PLA34100U73AE1 PLA34120U73AE1 PGA36025U74AE1 PGA36040U74AE1 PGA36060U74AE1 PGA36080U74AE1 PGA36100U74AE1 PGA36120U74AE1 PJA36025U74AE1 PJA36040U74AE1 PJA36060U74AE1 PJA36080U74AE1 PJA36100U74AE1 PJA36120U74AE1 PKA36025U74AE1 PKA36040U74AE1 PKA36060U74AE1 PKA36080U74AE1 PKA36100U74AE1 PKA36120U74AE1 PLA34025U74AE1 PLA34040U74AE1 PLA34060U74AE1 PLA34080U74AE1 PLA34100U74AE1 PLA34120U74AE1 1 The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA. 2 For 3P, no suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option). 3 For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PGA36025 becomes PGA26025). Add the suffix 2 for AC phasing (standard offer), or use 5 for CA phasing (option). 4 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 44 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Table 40: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Circuit Breaker1 Trip Unit, Interchangeable Current Rating (Sensor Rating) Type2 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A PGA36025CU31A PGA36040CU31A PGA36060CU31A PGA36080CU31A 3.0 (LI) PJA36025CU31A PJA36040CU31A PJA36060CU31A PJA36080CU31A 3P PKA36025CU31A PKA36040CU31A PKA36060CU31A PKA36080CU31A PLA34025CU31A PLA34040CU31A PLA34060CU31A PLA34080CU31A PGA36025CU33A PGA36040CU33A PGA36060CU33A PGA36080CU33A 5.0 (LSI) PJA36025CU33A PJA36040CU33A PJA36060CU33A PJA36080CU33A 3P PKA36025CU33A PKA36040CU33A PKA36060CU33A PKA36080CU33A PLA34025CU33A PLA34040CU33A PLA34060CU33A PLA34080CU33A PGA36025CU41A PGA36040CU41A PGA36060CU41A PGA36080CU41A 3.0A (LI) PJA36025CU41A PJA36040CU41A PJA36060CU41A PJA36080CU41A 3P PKA36025CU41A PKA36040CU41A PKA36060CU41A PKA36080CU41A PLA34025CU41A PLA34040CU41A PLA34060CU41A PLA34080CU41A PGA36025CU43A PGA36040CU43A PGA36060CU43A PGA36080CU43A 5.0A (LSI) PJA36025CU43A PJA36040CU43A PJA36060CU43A PJA36080CU43A 3P PKA36025CU43A PKA36040CU43A PKA36060CU43A PKA36080CU43A PLA34025CU43A PLA34040CU43A PLA34060CU43A PLA34080CU43A PGA36025CU44A PGA36040CU44A PGA36060CU44A PGA36080CU44A 6.0A (LSIG) PJA36025CU44A PJA36040CU44A PJA36060CU44A PJA36080CU44A 3P PKA36025CU44A PKA36040CU44A PKA36060CU44A PKA36080CU44A Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit3 Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications PLA34025CU44A PLA34040CU44A PLA34060CU44A PLA34080CU44A PGA36025CU63AE1 PGA36040CU63AE1 PGA36060CU63AE1 PGA36080CU63AE1 5.0P (LSI) PJA36025CU63AE1 PJA36040CU63AE1 PJA36060CU63AE1 PJA36080CU63AE1 3P PKA36025CU63AE1 PKA36040CU63AE1 PKA36060CU63AE1 PKA36080CU63AE1 PLA34025CU63AE1 PLA34040CU63AE1 PLA34060CU63AE1 PLA34080CU63AE1 PGA36025CU64AE1 PGA36040CU64AE1 PGA36060CU64AE1 PGA36080CU64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) PJA36025CU64AE1 PJA36040CU64AE1 PJA36060CU64AE1 PJA36080CU64AE1 3P PKA36025CU64AE1 PKA36040CU64AE1 PKA36060CU64AE1 PKA36080CU64AE1 PLA34025CU64AE1 PLA34040CU64AE1 PLA34060CU64AE1 PLA34080CU64AE1 PGA36025CU73AE1 PGA36040CU73AE1 PGA36060CU73AE1 PGA36080CU73AE1 5.0H (LSI) PJA36025CU73AE1 PJA36040CU73AE1 PJA36060CU73AE1 PJA36080CU73AE1 3P PKA36025CU73AE1 PKA36040CU73AE1 PKA36060CU73AE1 PKA36080CU73AE1 PLA34025CU73AE1 PLA34040CU73AE1 PLA34060CU73AE1 PLA34080CU73AE1 PGA36025CU74AE1 PGA36040CU74AE1 PGA36060CU74AE1 PGA36080CU74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) PJA36025CU74AE1 PJA36040CU74AE1 PJA36060CU74AE1 PJA36080CU74AE1 3P PKA36025CU74AE1 PKA36040CU74AE1 PKA36060CU74AE1 PKA36080CU74AE1 PLA34025CU74AE1 PLA34040CU74AE1 PLA34060CU74AE1 PLA34080CU74AE1 1 The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA. 2 No suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option). 3 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. Table 41: P-Frame Termination Options F = No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends) L = Lugs both ends M = Lugs I/ON end, terminal nut kit O/OFF end P = Lugs O/OFF end, terminal nut kit I/ON end D = Drawout A = I-Line For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. Table 42: Voltage P-Frame Interrupting Rating G J K L 240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 50 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA PGL36040U41A Termination Letter P-Frame Interrupting Ratings 45 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Continuous Current Rating All circuit breakers marked as 100% rated can be continuously loaded to 100% of their rating. Because of additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous current rating, the use of specially-designed enclosures and 90°C (194°F) wire is required. The 90°C (194°F) wire must be sized according to the ampacity of the 75°C (167°F) wire column in the NEC. Minimum enclosure size and ventilation specifications are indicated on the circuit breaker and in it’s instruction bulletin and in Table 5 on page 11. Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous loading. Interrupting Ratings Table 43: Interrupting Ratings Ampere Rating (A) Interrupting Ratings IEC 60947-2 Mounting Circuit Basic Breaker Electronic Trip Units UL/CSA/NMX Micrologic ™ Trip Units 480 Vac 600 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA PL 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA1 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45kA PG 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 25 kA 50 kA 25 kA 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA1 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA PG PJ PK PL 1 380/415 Vac 240 Vac Individually- PJ Mounted PK I-Line™ 240 Vac 600, 800, 1000, 1200 600, 800, 1000, 1200 250, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200 250, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200 Non-standard AIR. 46 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Automatic Molded Case Switches1 Automatic molded case switches are available in individually-mounted and I-Line constructions from 600–1200 A. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time tripping is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Table 44: Circuit Breaker Automatic Switch Information Ampere Rating Voltage Rating Catalog Number Withstand Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Trip Point (±10%) 600 600 Vac PJL36000S60 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA PJ 800 600 Vac PJL36000S80 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA 2P1, 3P 1000 600 Vac PJL36000S10 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA 1200 600 Vac PJL36000S12 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 10 kA 600 600 Vac PKL36000S60 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA PK 800 600 Vac PKL36000S80 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA 2P, 3P, 4P2 1000 600 Vac PKL36000S10 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA 1200 600 Vac PKL36000S12 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA 24 kA 600 480 Vac PLL34000S60 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA PL 800 480 Vac PLL34000S80 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA 2P, 3P 1000 480 Vac PLL34000S10 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA 1200 480 Vac PLL34000S12 125 kA 100 kA — 10 kA 1 For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PJL36000S60 becomes PJL26000S60). Add the suffix 2 for AC phasing (standard offer), or use 5 for CA phasing (option). 2 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PKL36000S60 becomes PKL46000S60). 1 Catalog numbers for automatic switches are designated by “000” in positions 7–9 (ampere rating) and S60, S80, S10, or S12 in positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10. 47 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Motor Circuit Protectors2 Motor circuit protectors are similar in construction to thermal-magnetic circuit breakers, but have only instantaneous trip functions provided by the ET1.0M trip unit. These motor circuit protectors comply with NEC requirements for providing short-circuit protection when installed as part of a listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the motor circuit protector in combination with a contactor and overload relay. Motor circuit protectors are available in PJ and PL individually-mounted and I-Line™ construction. According to the NEC, the instantaneous trip of the motor circuit protector may be set to a maximum of 8 to 17 times motor Full Load Amps (FLA), but a setting as close as possible to inrush current (without nuisance tripping) results in the best protection. The instantaneous trip pickup level is adjustable within the ranges shown below. Table 45: Motor Circuit Protector Trip Range Ampere Rating Adjustable Trip Range 600 A 800 A Catalog Number J-Interrupting—600 Vac L-Interrupting—480 Vac 1200–10,000 A PJL36060M68 PLL34060M68 1200–10,000 A PJL36080M68 PLL34080M68 1000 A 1500–10,000 A PJL36100M69 PLL34100M69 1200 A 1800–10,000 A PJL36120M70 PLL34120M70 NOTE: Continuous currents larger than the ampere rating can damage the motor circuit protector. Select motor circuit protectors as follows: 1. Determine motor horsepower (hp) rating from the motor nameplate. The selection table is suitable for motors with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC Table 430-7 (b) as follows: Horsepower Motor Code Letters 30–150 A–G 150 or More A–F For other motors contact the field office. 2. Select a motor circuit protector with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. 3. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800% but not to exceed 1300% (1700% for highefficiency motors) of the motor full load amperes (FLA). 4. The NEC 1300% maximum setting (1700% for high-efficiency motors) may be inadequate for motor circuit protectors to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors and motors labeled “high efficiency”. 5. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430-3, should have two motor circuit protectors selected from the above at not more than one-half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit protectors should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430-103. 2 Catalog numbers for motor circuit protectors are designated by M68, M69, or M70 in positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10. 48 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers Electrically-operated P-frame circuit breakers are available in I-Line™ and unit-mount construction up to 1200 A and are denoted in the catalog number by an “M_” suffix. These come equipped with a twostep stored energy mechanism and come standard with a motor assembly. These are available factory-installed only. Motor assemblies provide on and off control from remote locations. The assemblies contain a springcharging motor (MCH), a shunt trip (MX) and a shunt close (XF) and are available in standard or communicating versions. An SDE overcurrent trip switch is also included for trip indication. When remote indication of the circuit breaker status is required, use of a circuit breaker with an OF auxiliary switch for on-off indication. See Table 70 on page 75 for details. Table 46: Motors Assembly Voltage Ratings (Vn) Voltage Type Voltage Ratings (Vn) Vac 50/60 Hz 48, 100–130, 220–240, 380–415 Vdc 24–30, 48–60, 110–130, 200–250 Termination Information Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. I-Line circuit breakers have lugs standard on the O/OFF end. These lugs accept aluminum or copper wire. Manually-operated P-frame circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction. See Table 88 on page 86 for more lug options. Control Wiring Control wiring for unit-mount and I-Line construction is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover. Control wiring for drawout construction is connected to terminals located on the cradle. 49 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Tripped 92 94 32 34 A 82 84 D2 C2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z1 Z2 VN V1 V2 V3 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Fault Closed Downstream Open Upstream N A B C Alarm Contacts Remote Operation Trip Unit 12 14 Power Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers 22 24 Figure 2: MX MN OF3 OF2 OF1 SDE SD Trip Unit or 91 81 11 21 31 C1 D 24 V NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position. T1 T2 T3 T4 C D1 F2+ T1/M3 T2 T3 T4/F1- M1 M2 B A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected. B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4. C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it. D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules. Trip Unit Type E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 24 Vdc - + M1 M2 M3 F1 F2 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 T1 T2 T3 T4 MN/MX OF1 D1/C1 C3 OF2 11 12 14 Basic A P H Connector Description — Circuit breaker communication module • • • Com: E1-E6 E1 = +24 Vdc 21 22 24 E2 = Common D2/C2 VN OF3 SD E3 = Out - 31 32 34 E4 = Out + E5 = In - 91 92 94 E6 = In + — • • • Z V1 Z2 = ZSI OUT V2 V3 Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) Z1 = ZSI OUT signal Z3 = ZSI IN signal 81 Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay 82 Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault 84 SDE — • • • T External neutral sensor Connector Recommended Wire Size — • • • F 24 Vdc external power supply V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2) 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or twisted pair copper wires — — • • Vn1 External neutral voltage takeoff — — • • V1, V2, V3 External phase voltage takeoff M6C2: Q1, Q2, Q3 6 programmable contacts 24 Vdc external power supply required E1–E2 T 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable — M Function — • • Connector Description OF, SD, SDE Refer to MDGF instructions 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) shielded twisted pairs with drain (Belden 8723 or equal)3 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2) SD Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position contacts Bell alarm MN, MX 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2) SDE Electrical fault alarm contact F Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply MN Undervoltage trip device Z1–Z5 22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2) MX Shunt trip E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 1 Neutral voltage supplied with flying leads. 2 Optional M6C programmable contacts are supplied with flying leads. OF Auxiliary Contacts Remote Operation 50 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Electrically-operated Circuit Breakers Z3 Z4 Z5 Z1 Z2 Close 82 84 B4 Motor Mechanism Module MX MN A2 A4 A 32 34 C2 D2 VN V1 V2 V3 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Open Fault Downstream Closed Alarm Contacts Open Upstream N A B C Remote Operation 12 14 Trip Unit 22 24 Figure 3: Power OF3 Trip Unit OF2 OF1 SDE E or T1 T2 T3 T4 81 11 21 31 D A1 24 V C C1 D1 F2+ T1/M3 T2 T3 T4/F1- M1 M2 B NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position. A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected. B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4. C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it. D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules. E–Motor mechanism includes opening and closing coils. Trip Unit Type E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 24 Vdc - + M1 M2 M3 F1 F2 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 T1 T2 T3 T4 MN/MX Basic A P H Connector Description – • • Com: E1-E6 Circuit breaker communication module • D1/C1 E1 = +24 Vdc D2/C2 E2 = Common E3 = Out - VN, V1, V2, V3 E4 = Out + E5 = In - SDE OF3 OF2 OF1 81 31 21 11 82 32 22 12 84 34 24 14 E6 = In + – • • • Z Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) Z1 = ZSI OUT signal Z2 = ZSI OUT Z3 = ZSI IN signal Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault B4 A4 A2 A1 – • • • T External neutral sensor – • • • F 24 Vdc external power supply External voltage takeoff – – • • Vn1 – – • • V1, V2, V31 External phase voltage takeoff • M6C1: Q1, Q2, Q3 6 programmable contacts 24 Vdc external power supply required Connector Recommended Wire Size E1–E2 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or twisted pair copper wires – V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2) Function T 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) M OF, SD, SDE 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2) Connector Description OF Auxiliary Contacts Remote Operation mm2) MN, MX 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 F Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply Z1–Z5 22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2) 1 • stranded shielded cable mm2) 22 AWG (0.3 shielded twisted pairs with drain (Belden 8723 or equal)3 Refer to MDGF instructions E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 – Motor Mech Module Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position contacts SDE Electrical fault alarm contact MN Undervoltage trip device MX Shunt trip A4 Electrical opening A2 Electrical closing B4, A1 Power supply for control devices and gear motor Optional M6C and external voltage takeoff are supplied with flying leads. 51 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Performance Providing unparalleled performance and control, the R-frame circuit breakers features the exclusive Micrologic™ electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility. The compact size and smaller footprint of the R-frame circuit breaker permits higher density installations using I-Line™ panelboards and switchboards. These circuit breakers are available in 100% rated construction up to 3000 A to meet a broad range of commercial and industrial application needs. R-Frame Unit-Mount R-Frame I-Line • Both standard and 100% rated construction circuit breakers are available in 3000 A with a sensor size range of 600–3000 A. • Interrupting ratings (AIR): Voltage G J K L 240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 65 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 65 kA 50 kA • The K interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc. • Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations using I-Line panelboards and switchboards. Fifteen-inch width provides increased density installation. • • Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation • • Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers. • Connection options include bus, cable or I-Line for installation flexibility. Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic™ power metering and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units. Built-in Modbus® protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to purchase additional, proprietary network solutions. 52 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers Table 47: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—600A to 1200A Circuit Breaker Catalog Number Trip Unit Type Current Rating (Sensor Rating) 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A Basic Electronic Trip Unit Not interchangeable ET1.0I 2P1, 3P Fixed Long-time RGF36060 RGF36080 RGF36100 RGF36120 RJF36060 RJF36080 RJF36100 RJF36120 RKF36060 RKF36080 RKF36100 RKF36120 RLF36060 RLF36080 RLF36100 RLF36120 Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit 3.0 (LI) 3P, 4P2 5.0 (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36060U31A RGF36080U31A RGF36100U31A RGF36120U31A RJF36060U31A RJF36080U31A RJF36100U31A RJF36120U31A RKF36060U31A RKF36080U31A RKF36100U31A RKF36120U31A RLF36060U31A RLF36080U31A RLF36100U31A RLF36120U31A RGF36060U33A RGF36080U33A RGF36100U33A RGF36120U33A RJF36060U33A RJF36080U33A RJF36100U33A RJF36120U33A RKF36060U33A RKF36080U33A RKF36100U33A RKF36120U33A RLF36060U33A RLF36080U33A RLF36100U33A RLF36120U33A Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit3 RGF36060U41A RGF36080U41A RGF36100U41A RGF36120U41A RJF36060U41A RJF36080U41A RJF36100U41A RJF36120U41A RKF36060U41A RKF36080U41A RKF36100U41A RKF36120U41A RLF36060U41A RLF36080U41A RLF36100U41A RLF36120U41A RGF36060U43A RGF36080U43A RGF36100U43A RGF36120U43A RJF36060U43A RJF36080U43A RJF36100U43A RJF36120U43A RKF36060U43A RKF36080U43A RKF36100U43A RKF36120U43A RLF36060U43A RLF36080U43A RLF36100U43A RLF36120U43A RGF36060U44A RGF36080U44A RGF36100U44A RGF36120U44A 6.0A (LSIG) RJF36060U44A RJF36080U44A RJF36100U44A RJF36120U44A 3P, 4P2 RKF36060U44A RKF36080U44A RKF36100U44A RKF36120U44A RLF36060U44A RLF36080U44A RLF36100U44A RLF36120U44A 3.0A (LI) 3P, 4P2 5.0A (LSI) 3P, 4P2 Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications RGF36060U63AE1 RGF36080U63AE1 RGF36100U63AE1 RGF36120U63AE1 RJF36060U63AE1 RJF36080U63AE1 RJF36100U63AE1 RJF36120U63AE1 RKF36060U63AE1 RKF36080U63AE1 RKF36100U63AE1 RKF36120U63AE1 RLF36060U63AE1 RLF36080U63AE1 RLF36100U63AE1 RLF36120U63AE1 RGF36060U64AE1 RGF36080U64AE1 RGF36100U64AE1 RGF36120U64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) RJF36060U64AE1 RJF36080U64AE1 RJF36100U64AE1 RJF36120U64AE1 3P, 4P2 RKF36060U64AE1 RKF36080U64AE1 RKF36100U64AE1 RKF36120U64AE1 RLF36060U64AE1 RLF36080U64AE1 RLF36100U64AE1 RLF36120U64AE1 5.0P (LSI) 3P, 4P2 Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications RGF36060U73AE1 RGF36080U73AE1 RGF36100U73AE1 RGF36120U73AE1 RJF36060U73AE1 RJF36080U73AE1 RJF36100U73AE1 RJF36120U73AE1 RKF36060U73AE1 RKF36080U73AE1 RKF36100U73AE1 RKF36120U73AE1 RLF36060U73AE1 RLF36080U73AE1 RLF36100U73AE1 RLF36120U73AE1 RGF36060U74AE1 RGF36080U74AE1 RGF36100U74AE1 RGF36120U74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) RJF36060U74AE1 RJF36080U74AE1 RJF36100U74AE1 RJF36120U74AE1 3P, 4P2 RKF36060U74AE1 RKF36080U74AE1 RKF36100U74AE1 RKF36120U74AE1 RLF36060U74AE1 RLF36080U74AE1 RLF36100U74AE1 RLF36120U74AE1 5.0H (LSI) 3P, 4P2 1 For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RGF36060 becomes RGF26060.) 2 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060U31A becomes RGF46060U31A). 3 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 53 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Table 48: UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—1600A to 3000A Circuit Breaker Catalog Number Trip Unit Type Current Rating (Sensor Rating) 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A Basic Electronic Trip Unit Not interchangeable ET1.0I 2P1, 3P Fixed Long-time RGF36160 RGF36200 RGF36250 — RJF36160 RJF36200 RJF36250 — RKF36160 RKF36200 RKF36250 — RLF36160 RLF36200 RLF36250 — Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit 3.0 (LI) 3P, 4P2 5.0 (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36160U31A RGF36200U31A RGF36250U31A RJF36160U31A RJF36200U31A RJF36250U31A RGF36300U31A RJF36300U31A RKF36160U31A RKF36200U31A RKF36250U31A RKF36300U31A RLF36160U31A RLF36200U31A RLF36250U31A RLF36300U31A RGF36160U33A RGF36200U33A RGF36250U33A RGF36300U33A RJF36160U33A RJF36200U33A RJF36250U33A RJF36300U33A RKF36160U33A RKF36200U33A RKF36250U33A RKF36300U33A RLF36160U33A RLF36200U33A RLF36250U33A RLF36300U33A RGF36300U41A Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit3 RGF36160U41A RGF36200U41A RGF36250U41A RJF36160U41A RJF36200U41A RJF36250U41A RJF36300U41A RKF36160U41A RKF36200U41A RKF36250U41A RKF36300U41A RLF36160U41A RLF36200U41A RLF36250U41A RLF36300U41A RGF36160U43A RGF36200U43A RGF36250U43A RGF36300U43A RJF36160U43A RJF36200U43A RJF36250U43A RJF36300U43A RKF36160U43A RKF36200U43A RKF36250U43A RKF36300U43A RLF36160U43A RLF36200U43A RLF36250U43A RLF36300U43A RGF36160U44A RGF36200U44A RGF36250U44A RGF36300U44A 6.0A (LSIG) RJF36160U44A RJF36200U44A RJF36250U44A RJF36300U44A 3P, 4P2 RKF36160U44A RKF36200U44A RKF36250U44A RKF36300U44A RLF36160U44A RLF36200U44A RLF36250U44A RLF36300U44A 3.0A (LI) 3P, 4P2 5.0A (LSI) 3P, 4P2 Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications RGF36160U63AE1 RGF36200U63AE1 RGF36250U63AE1 RJF36160U63AE1 RJF36200U63AE1 RJF36250U63AE1 RJF36300U63AE1 RKF36160U63AE1 RKF36200U63AE1 RKF36250U63AE1 RKF36300U63AE1 RLF36160U63AE1 RLF36200U63AE1 RLF36250U63AE1 RLF36300U63AE1 RGF36160U64AE1 RGF36200U64AE1 RGF36250U64AE1 RGF36300U64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) RJF36160U64AE1 RJF36200U64AE1 RJF36250U64AE1 RJF36300U64AE1 3P, 4P2 RKF36160U64AE1 RKF36200U64AE1 RKF36250U64AE1 RKF36300U64AE1 RLF36160U64AE1 RLF36200U64AE1 RLF36250U64AE1 RLF36200U64AE1 5.0P (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36300U63AE1 Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications 5.0H (LSI) 3P, 4P2 RGF36160U73AE1 RGF36200U73AE1 RGF36250U73AE1 RGF36300U73AE1 RJF36160U73AE1 RJF363200U73AE1 RJF36250U73AE1 RJF36300U73AE1 RKF36160U73AE1 RKF363200U73AE1 RKF36250U73AE1 RKF36300U73AE1 RLF36160U73AE1 RLF36200U73AE1 RLF36250U73AE1 RLF36300U73AE1 RGF36300U74AE1 RGF36160U74AE1 RGF36200U74AE1 RGF36250U74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) RJF36160U74AE1 RJF36200U74AE1 RJF36250U74AE1 RJF36300U74AE1 3P, 4P2 RKF36160U74AE1 RKF36200U74AE1 RKF36250U74AE1 RKF36300U74AE1 RLF36160U74AE1 RLF36200U74AE1 RLF36250U74AE1 RLF36300U74AE1 1 For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RGF36060 becomes RGF26060.) 2 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060U31A becomes RGF46060U31A). 3 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 54 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Table 49: Trip Unit Type UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—600 A to 1200 A Circuit Breaker Catalog Number1 Current Rating (Sensor Rating) 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36060CU31A RGF36080CU31A RGF36100CU31A RGF36120CU31A 3.0 RJF36060CU31A RJF36080CU31A RJF36100CU31A RJF36120CU31A (LI) RKF36060CU31A RKF36080CU31A RKF36100CU31A RKF36120CU31A RLF36060CU31A RLF36080CU31A RLF36100CU31A RLF36120CU31A RGF36060CU33A RGF36080CU33A RGF36100CU33A RGF36120CU33A 5.0 RJF36060CU33A RJF36080CU33A RJF36100CU33A RJF36120CU33A (LSI) RKF36060CU33A RKF36080CU33A RKF36100CU33A RKF36120CU33A RLF36060CU33A RLF36080CU33A RLF36100CU33A RLF36120CU33A RGF36120CU41A Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36060CU41A RGF36080CU41A RGF36100CU41A 3.0A RJF36060CU41A RJF36080CU41A RJF36100CU41A RJF36120CU41A (LI) RKF36060CU41A RKF36080CU41A RKF36100CU41A RKF36120CU41A RLF36060CU41A RLF36080CU41A RLF36100CU41A RLF36120CU41A RGF36060CU43A RGF36080CU43A RGF36100CU43A RGF36120CU43A 5.0A RJF36060CU43A RJF36080CU43A RJF36100CU43A RJF36120CU43A (LSI) RKF36060CU43A RKF36080CU43A RKF36100CU43A RKF36120CU43A RLF36060CU43A RLF36080CU43A RLF36100CU43A RLF36120CU43A RGF36060CU44A RGF36080CU44A RGF36100CU44A RGF36120CU44A 6.0A (LSIG) RJF36060CU44A RJF36080CU44A RJF36100CU44A RJF36120CU44A RKF36060CU44A RKF36080CU44A RKF36100CU44A RKF36120CU44A RLF36060CU44A RLF36080CU44A RLF36100CU44A RLF36120CU44A Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36060CU63AE1 RGF36080CU63AE1 RGF36100CU63AE1 RGF36120CU63AE1 5.0P RJF36060CU63AE1 RJF36080CU63AE1 RJF36100CU63AE1 RJF36120CU63AE1 (LSI) RKF36060CU63AE1 RKF36080CU63AE1 RKF36100CU63AE1 RKF36120CU63AE1 RLF36060CU63AE1 RLF36080CU63AE1 RLF36100CU63AE1 RLF36120CU63AE1 RGF36060CU64AE1 RGF36080CU64AE1 RGF36100CU64AE1 RGF36120CU64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) RJF36060CU64AE1 RJF36080CU64AE1 RJF36100CU64AE1 RJF36120CU64AE1 RKF36060CU64AE1 RKF36080CU64AE1 RKF36100CU64AE1 RKF36120CU64AE1 RLF36060CU64AE1 RLF36080CU64AE1 RLF36100CU64AE1 RLF36120CU64AE1 Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36060CU73AE1 RGF36080CU73AE1 RGF36100CU73AE1 RGF36120CU73AE1 5.0H RJF36060CU73AE1 RJF36080CU73AE1 RJF36100CU73AE1 RJF36120CU73AE1 (LSI) RKF36060CU73AE1 RKF36080CU73AE1 RKF36100CU73AE1 RKF36120CU73AE1 RLF36060CU73AE1 RLF36080CU73AE1 RLF36100CU73AE1 RLF36120CU73AE1 RGF36060CU74AE1 RGF36080CU74AE1 RGF36100CU74AE1 RGF36120CU74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) RJF36060CU74AE1 RJF36080CU74AE1 RJF36100CU74AE1 RJF36120CU74AE1 RKF36060CU74AE1 RKF36080CU74AE1 RKF36100CU74AE1 RKF36120CU74AE1 RLF36060CU74AE1 RLF36080CU74AE1 RLF36100CU74AE1 RLF36120CU74AE1 1 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060CU31A becomes RGF46060CU31A). 2 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 55 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Table 50: Trip Unit Type UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—1600 A to 3000 A Circuit Breaker Catalog Number1 Current Rating (Sensor Rating) 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36160CU31A RGF36200CU31A RGF36250CU31A RGF36300CU31A 3.0 RJF36160CU31A RJF36200CU31A RJF36250CU31A RJF36300CU31A (LI) RKF36160CU31A RKF36200CU31A RKF36250CU31A RKF36300CU31A RLF36160CU31A RLF36200CU31A RLF36250CU31A RLF36300CU31A RGF36160CU33A RGF36200CU33A RGF36250CU33A RGF36300CU33A 5.0 RJF36160CU33A RJF36200CU33A RJF36250CU33A RJF36300CU33A (LSI) RKF36160CU33A RKF36200CU33A RKF36250CU33A RKF36300CU33A RLF36160CU33A RLF36200CU33A RLF36250CU33A RLF36300CU33A Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36160CU41A RGF36200CU41A RGF36250CU41A RGF36300CU41A 3.0A RJF36160CU41A RJF36200CU41A RJF36250CU41A RJF36300CU41A (LI) RKF36160CU41A RKF36200CU41A RKF36250CU41A RKF36300CU41A RLF36160CU41A RLF36200CU41A RLF36250CU41A RLF36300CU41A RGF36160CU43A RGF36200CU43A RGF36250CU43A RGF36300CU43A 5.0A RJF36160CU43A RJF36200CU43A RJF36250CU43A RJF36300CU43A (LSI) RKF36160CU43A RKF36200CU43A RKF36250CU43A RKF36300CU43A RLF36160CU43A RLF36200CU43A RLF36250CU43A RLF36300CU43A RGF36160CU44A RGF36200CU44A RGF36250CU44A RGF36300CU44A RJF36160CU44A RJF36200CU44A RJF36250CU44A RJF36300CU44A RKF36160CU44A RKF36200CU44A RKF36250CU44A RKF36300CU44A RLF36160CU44A RLF36200CU44A RLF36250CU44A RLF36300CU44A 6.0A (LSIG) Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36160CU63AE1 RGF36200CU63AE1 RGF36250CU63AE1 RGF36300CU63AE1 5.0P RJF36160CU63AE1 RJF36200CU63AE1 RJF36250CU63AE1 RJF36300CU63AE1 (LSI) RKF36160CU63AE1 RKF36200CU63AE1 RKF36250CU63AE1 RKF36300CU63AE1 RLF36160CU63AE1 RLF36200CU63AE1 RLF36250CU63AE1 RLF36300CU63AE1 RGF36160CU64AE1 RGF36200CU64AE1 RGF36250CU64AE1 RGF36300CU64AE1 RJF36160CU64AE1 RJF36200CU64AE1 RJF36250CU64AE1 RJF36300CU64AE1 RKF36160CU64AE1 RKF36200CU64AE1 RKF36250CU64AE1 RKF36300CU64AE1 RLF36160CU64AE1 RLF36200CU64AE1 RLF36250CU64AE1 RLF36300CU64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P RGF36160CU73AE1 RGF36200CU73AE1 RGF36250CU73AE1 RGF36300CU73AE1 5.0H RJF36160CU73AE1 RJF36200CU73AE1 RJF36250CU73AE1 RJF36300CU73AE1 (LSI) RKF36160CU73AE1 RKF36200CU73AE1 RKF36250CU73AE1 RKF36300CU73AE1 RLF36160CU73AE1 RLF36200CU73AE1 RLF36250CU73AE1 RLF36300CU73AE1 RGF36160CU74AE1 RGF36200CU74AE1 RGF36250CU74AE1 RGF36300CU74AE1 RJF36160CU74AE1 RJF36200CU74AE1 RJF36250CU74AE1 RJF36300CU74AE1 RKF36160CU74AE1 RKF36200CU74AE1 RKF36250CU74AE1 RKF36300CU74AE1 RLF36160CU74AE1 RLF36200CU74AE1 RLF36250CU74AE1 RLF36300CU74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) 1 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060CU31A becomes RGF46060CU31A). 2 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 56 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Table 51: UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Circuit Breaker Catalog Number Trip Unit, Interchangeable Current Rating Type 1000 A 1200 A RGA36100CU31A RGA36120CU31A RJA36100CU31A RJA36120CU31A 3.0 (LI) RKA36100CU31A RKA36120CU31A RLA36100CU31A RLA36120CU31A RGA36100CU33A RGA36120CU33A RJA36100CU33A RJA36120CU33A Micrologic Standard Trip Unit 5.0 (LSI) RKA36100CU33A RKA36120CU33A RLA36100CU33A RLA36120CU33A RGA36100CU41A RGA36120CU41A RJA36100CU41A RJA36120CU41A 3.0A (LI) Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit1 RKA36100CU41A RKA36120CU41A RLA36100CU41A RLA36120CU41A RGA36100CU43A RGA36120CU43A RJA36100CU43A RJA36120CU43A 5.0A (LSI) RKA36100CU43A RKA36120CU43A RLA36100CU43A RLA36120CU43A RGA36100CU44A RGA36120CU44A RJA36100CU44A RJA36120CU44A 6.0A (LSIG) RKA36100CU44A RKA36120CU44A RLA36100CU44A RLA36120CU44A RGA36100CU63AE1 RGA36120CU63AE1 RJA36100CU63AE1 RJA36120CU63AE1 5.0P (LSI) Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications RKA36100CU63AE1 RKA36120CU63AE1 RLA36100CU63AE1 RLA36120CU63AE1 RGA36100CU64AE1 RGA36120CU64AE1 RJA36100CU64AE1 RJA36120CU64AE1 6.0P (LSIG) RKA36100CU64AE1 RKA36120CU64AE1 RLA36100CU64AE1 RLA36120CU64AE1 RGA36100CU73AE1 RGA36120CU73AE1 RJA36100CU73AE1 RJA36120CU73AE1 5.0H (LSI) Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications RKA36100CU73AE1 RKA36120CU73AE1 RLA36100CU73AE1 RLA36120CU73AE1 RGA36100CU74AE1 RGA36120CU74AE1 RJA36100CU74AE1 RJA36120CU74AE1 6.0H (LSIG) 1 RKA36100CU74AE1 RKA36120CU74AE1 RLA36100CU74AE1 RLA36120CU74AE1 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 57 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Interrupting Ratings Table 52: Interrupting Ratings Ampere Rating (A) Mounting Circuit Breaker Basic Micrologic™ UL/CSA/NMX Electronic Trip Units Trip Units 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac RG 65 kA Individually- RJ Mounted RK 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500 RL 600, 800, 1000, 100 kA 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500, 65 kA 3000 125 kA RG I-Line™ Interrupting Ratings 65 kA RJ NA RK 1000, 1200 RL 35 kA 18 KA IEC 60947-2 240 Vac 380/415 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics 50 kA 25 kA 35 kA 20 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 55 kA 100 kA 50 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA 35 kA 18 KA 50 kA 35 kA 20 kA 25 kA 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA 35 kA 50 kA 25 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 55 kA 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 125 kA 65 kA 85 kA 45 kA Automatic Molded Case Switches Automatic molded case switches are available in unit-mount construction from 1200–3000 A. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time protection is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. NOTE: Catalog numbers for automatic switches are designated by “000” in positions 7–9 (ampere rating) and S12, S16, S20, S25, or S30 in positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10. Table 53: Circuit Breaker RK 2P1, 3P RL 2P, 3P 1 Automatic Switch Information Ampere Rating Withstand Rating Catalog Number1 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Trip Point (±10%) 1200 RKF36000S12 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 1600 RKF36000S16 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA 57 kA 2000 RKF36000S20 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA 2500 RKF36000S25 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA 3000 RKF36000S30 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 57 kA 1200 RLF36000S12 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 48 kA 1600 RLF36000S16 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 48 kA 2000 RLF36000S20 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 48 kA 2500 RLF36000S25 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 48 kA 3000 RLF36000S30 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA 48 kA For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RKP36000S12 becomes RKP26000S12). 58 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers Termination Information I-Line™ circuit breakers have lugs standard on the O/OFF end. Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches are equipped for direct bus connection. For certain circuit breaker ratings and to connect cable to R-frame circuit breakers, an RLTB terminal pad kit may be required. Refer to Section 10— Dimensional Drawings for terminal pad kit dimensions. Table 54: RLTB Terminal Pad Kit Table 55: Terminal Pad Kits for R-Frame Circuit Breakers Terminal Pad Kit R-Frame Circuit Breaker Usage Field-Installable Kits Lugs per 3P (One 4P (One Phase End Only) End Only) 3000 A, 100% Rated Required for Cable or Bus 9 RL3TB1 RL3TB4 3000 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for Cable or Bus 8 RLTB1 RLTB4 2500 A, 100% Rated Required for Cable or Bus 8 RLTB1 RLTB4 2500 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for Cable, Optional for Bus 8 RLTB RLTB4 All Other R-Frame CIrcuit Breakers Required for Cable, Optional for Bus 8 RLTB RLTB4 1 Supplied as standard with the R-frame circuit breaker. For cable connection to RLTB, use AL2500RK lug. See page 86. Continuous Current Rating All circuit breakers marked as 100% rated can be continuously loaded to 100% of their rating. 100%-rated circuit breakers are available in unit-mount construction up to 3000 A and in I-Line construction up to 1200 A. Because of the additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous current rating, the use of specially-designed enclosures and 90°C (194°F) wire is required. The 90°C (194°F) wire must be sized according to the ampacity of the 75°C (167°F) wire column in the NEC. Minimum enclosure size and ventilation specifications are indicated on a label on the circuit breaker, in the circuit breaker instruction bulletin and in Table 5 on page 11. Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous loading. Control Wiring Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover. 59 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers A Tripped 92 94 32 34 C2 D2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z1 Z2 VN V1 V2 V3 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Fault Closed Downstream Open Upstream N A B C Alarm Contacts Remote Operation 82 84 Trip Unit 22 24 Power Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams 12 14 Figure 4: MX MN OF3 Trip Unit OF2 OF1 SDE SD 91 81 11 31 T1 T2 T3 T4 21 D1 D 24 V C C1 B F2+ T1/M3 T2 T3 T4/F1- M1 M2 or NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position. A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected. B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4. C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it. D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules. Trip Unit Type E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 F1 F2 M1M2M3 T1 T2 T3 T4 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 M6C Vext MN/MX Q3 V1 D1/C1 Q2 V2 C3 Q1 V3 D2/C2 Basic A P H Connector Description — • • • Com: E1-E6 Circuit breaker communication module 1 E1 = +24 Vdc E2 = Common E3 = Out - VN E4 = Out + E5 = In - OF1 11 12 14 OF2 E6 = In + — • • • Z Zone-selective interlocking Z1 = ZSI OUT signal 21 22 24 Z2 = ZSI OUT OF3 Z3 = ZSI IN signal 31 32 34 Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay SD Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault 91 92 94 81 82 — • • • T External neutral sensor — • • • M Modified differential ground fault (MDGF) — • • • F 24 Vdc external power supply — — • • Vn2 External neutral voltage takeoff — — • • — — • • M6C: Q1, Q2, Q3 V1, V2, V3 6 programmable contacts 24 Vdc external power supply required External phase voltage takeoff 84 SDE Connector Recommended Wire Size V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2) 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or twisted pair copper wires E1–E2 Connector Description 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable T M Z1–Z5 OF, SD, SDE MN, MX F Refer to MDGF instructions 22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2) 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2) 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2) Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) shielded twisted pairs with drain E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 (Belden 8723 or equal)3 1 2 Function OF Auxiliary Contacts Remote Operation SD SDE MN MX Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position contacts Bell alarm Electrical fault alarm contact Undervoltage trip device Shunt trip C3 terminal is not used. Neutral voltage takeoff supplied as flying lead. 60 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Performance The Compact NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers feature the exclusive Micrologic™ electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility. The compact size and small footprint of the NS circuit breakers permit higher density installations. These circuit breakers are available in ratings up to 1600 A to meet a broad range of commercial and industrial application needs. • • Circuit breakers are available in 1600 A construction with a sensor size range of 250–1600 A. Interrupting ratings (AIR): Circuit Breaker Compact NS630b–NS1600 Interrupting Rating 220/240 Vac Icu Ics 380/415 Vac Icu Ics 440 Vac Icu Ics 500/525 Vac Icu Ics 660/690 Vac Icu Ics Electrically Operated NS630b–NS1600 N 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 50 kA 37 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA 22 kA NS630b–NS1600 H 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 35 kA 65 kA 32 kA 50 kA 25 kA 42 kA 21 kA NS630b–NS1000 L 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — — Manually Operated NS630b–NS1600 N 85 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 40 kA 40 kA 30 kA 30 kA NS630b–NS1600 H 85 kA 52 kA 70 kA 52 kA 65 kA 48 kA 50 kA 37 kA 42 kA 31 kA NS630b–NS1000 L 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA — — NS630b–NS800 R 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 100 kA 75 kA 75 kA • Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations. Nine inch width provides increased density installation. • • Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation • • Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers. • • Connection options include bus or cable for installation flexibility. Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic™ power metering and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units. Built-in Modbus® protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to purchase additional, proprietary network solutions. Additional options are available for five-cycle closing, stored energy mechanisms and drawoutmounting. 61 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Drawout Configuration The drawout configuration makes it possible to: • • extract and/or rapidly replace the circuit breaker without having to touch connectors allow for the addition of circuits at a later date Compact NS630b to NS1600 circuit breakers should be installed vertically only. Rear mounting on rails. Mounting on a backplate. Device on mounting plate. Device on rails. 62 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers Table 56: IEC-Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 3P Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units1 Circuit Breaker Trip Unit Current Rating 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A NPNLE36063U32R NPNLE36080U32R NPNLE36100U32R NPNLE36125U32R NPNFE36160U32R 2.0 NPHLE36063U32R NPHLE36080U32R NPHLE36100U32R NPHLE36125U32R NPHFE36160U32R (LS0) NPLLE34063U32R NPLLE34080U32R NPLLE34100U32R — — NPRLE34063U32R NPRLE34080U32R — — — NPNLE36063U33R NPNLE36080U33R NPNLE36100U33R NPNLE36125U33R NPNFE36160U33R 5.0 NPHLE36063U33R NPHLE36080U33R NPHLE36100U33R PHLE36125U33RN NPHFE36160U33R (LSI) NPLLE34063U33R NPLLE34080U33R NPLLE34100U33R — — NPRLE34063U33R NPRLE34080U33R — — — NPNLE36063U42R NPNLE36080U42R NPNLE36100U42R NPNLE36125U42R NPNFE36160U42R 2.0A NPHLE36063U42R NPHLE36080U42R NPHLE36100U42R NPHLE36125U42R NPHFE36160U42R (LS0) NPLLE34063U42R NPLLE34080U42R NPLLE34100U42R — — NPRLE34063U42R NPRLE34080U42R — — — NPNLE36063U43R NPNLE36080U43R NPNLE36100U43R NPNLE36125U43R NPNFE36160U43R 5.0A NPHLE36063U43R NPHLE36080U43R NPHLE36100U43R NPHLE36125U43R NPHFE36160U43R (LSI) NPLLE34063U43R NPLLE34080U43R NPLLE34100U43R — — NPRLE34063U43R NPRLE34080U43R — — — NPNLE36063U44R NPNLE36080U44R NPNLE36100U44R NPNLE36125U44R NPNFE36160U44R NPHLE36063U44R NPHLE36080U44R NPHLE36100U44R NPHLE36125U44R NPHFE36160U44R NPLLE34063U44R NPLLE34080U44R NPLLE34100U44R — — NPRLE34063U44R NPRLE34080U44R — — — NPNLE36063U63RE1 NPNLE36080U63RE1 NPNLE36100U63RE1 NPNLE36125U63RE1 NPNFE36160U63RE1 5.0P NPHLE36063U63RE1 NPHLE36080U63RE1 NPHLE36100U63RE1 NPHLE36125U63RE1 NPHFE36160U63RE1 (LSI) NPLLE34063U63RE1 NPLLE34080U63RE1 NPLLE34100U63RE1 — — NPRLE34063U63RE1 NPRLE34080U63RE1 — — — NPNLE36063U64RE1 NPNLE36080U64RE1 NPNLE36100U64RE1 NPNLE36125U64RE1 NPNFE36160U64RE1 NPHLE36063U64RE1 NPHLE36080U64RE1 NPHLE36100U64RE1 NPHLE36125U64RE1 NPHFE36160U64RE1 NPLLE34063U64RE1 NPLLE34080U64RE1 NPLLE34100U64RE1 — — NPRLE34063U64RE1 NPRLE34080U64RE1 — — — Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 6.0A (LSIG) Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications 6.0P (LSIG) Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications NPNLE36063U73RE1 NPNLE36080U73RE1 NPNLE36100U73RE1 NPNLE36125U73RE1 NPNFE36160U73RE1 5.0H NPHLE36063U73RE1 NPHLE36080U73RE1 NPHLE36100U73RE1 NPHLE36125U73RE1 NPHFE36160U73RE1 (LSI) NPLLE34063U73RE1 NPLLE34080U73RE1 NPLLE34100U73RE1 — — NPRLE34063U73RE1 NPRLE34080U73RE1 — — — NPNLE36063U74RE1 NPNLE36080U74RE1 NPNLE36100U74RE1 NPNLE36125U74RE1 NPNFE36160U74RE1 NPHLE36063U74RE1 NPHLE36080U74RE1 NPHLE36100U74RE1 NPHLE36125U74RE1 NPHFE36160U74RE1 NPLLE34063U74RE1 NPLLE34080U74RE1 NPLLE34100U74RE1 — — NPRLE34063U74RE1 NPRLE34080U74RE1 — — — 6.0H (LSIG) 1 For 4P, replace the 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (NPNLE35053U43R becomes NPNLE46063U43R). 2 Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications. 63 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Table 57: Compact Non-Automatic Switch Compact Switch-Catalog Number1 NPNLE36063U32R NPNLE36080U32R NPNLE36100U32R NPNLE36125U32R NPNLE36160U32R Number of Poles Toggle Control 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 X X X X X Direct or extended rotary handle X X X X X X X X X X Front connection X X X X X Rear connection X X X X X Front connection Drawout (on cradle) Rear connection X X X X X X X X X X 630 800 1000 1250 1600 Manual Electric Connections 3, 4 Fixed Electrical Characteristics as per IEC 60947-3 Conventional thermal current (A) Ith Rated insulation voltage (V) Ui 800 800 800 800 800 Rated impulse withstand voltage (V) Uimp 8 8 8 8 8 Rated operation voltage (V) Ue 690 690 690 690 690 440/480 V2 630 800 1000 1250 1600 60°C AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415V 500/525 V 660/690 V Short-circuit making capacity Short-time withstand current Icm (kA peak) 52 52 52 52 52 Icw 0.5s (A rms) 20s 19.2 4 19.2 4 19.2 4 19.2 4 19.2 4 Suitability for isolation Durability (C-O cycles) Mechanical Electrical AC X X X X X 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1000 Positive contact indication X X X X X Pollution degree 3 3 3 3 3 Protections Add-on earth-leakage protection Combination with Vigirex relay X Additional indication and control auxiliaries Indication contacts Voltage releases X MX shunt release X MN undervoltage release X Remote communication by bus Device status indication (communicating auxiliary contacts) X Device remote operation (communicating motor operator) X Installation Terminal extensions and spreaders Accessories Terminal shields and interphase X barriers Escutcheons Dimensions (mm) WxHxD Weight (kg) X Fixed Fixed 3P X 327 x 210 x 147 4P 327 x 280 x 147 3P 14 4P 18 1 Installation standards require upstream protection. 2 Suitable for 480 V NEMA. 64 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Interrupting Ratings See page 61. Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers Electrically-operated NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are available in unit-mount construction up to 1600 A and are denoted in the catalog number by an “M_” suffix. These come equipped with a twostep stored energy mechanism and come standard with a motor assembly. Motor assemblies provide on and off control from remote locations. The assemblies contain a springcharging motor (MCH), a shunt trip (MX) and a shunt close (XF) and are available in standard or communicating versions. An SDE overcurrent trip switch is also included for trip indication. When remote indication of the circuit breaker status is required, use of a circuit breaker with an OF auxiliary switch (for on-off indication). Table 58: Motor Assembly Voltage Ratings (Vn) Voltage Type Voltage Ratings (Vn) Vac 50/60 Hz 48, 100–130, 220–240, 380–415 Vdc 24–30, 48–60, 100–130, 200–250 For catalog numbers, see Table 70 on page 75. Automatic Molded Case Switches Automatic molded case switches are available in unit-mount constructions from 630–1600 A. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time protection is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Termination Information Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. These lugs accept aluminum or copper wire. Manually operated circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction. Other terminations are available as accessories for non-standard applications. See Table 88 on page 86 for more lug options. Accessories Accessories are available either factory-installed or field-installable. They can be installed in accessory compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. See Table 62 on page 70 for available accessories. Control Wiring Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover. Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers See Figure 2 on page 50. (Same as PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker.) Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers See Figure 3 on page 51. (Same as PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker.) 65 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 7—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Section 7—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Performance The Compact NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers feature the exclusive Micrologic™ electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility. The compact size and smaller footprint of the NS circuit breaker permits higher density installations. These circuit breakers are available in up to 3200 A construction to meet a broad range of commercial and industrial application needs. • • Circuit breakers are available in 3200 A construction with a sensor size range of 600–3200 A. Interrupting ratings (AIR): Compact NS1600b–NS3200 220/240 Vac 380/415 Vac Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu N 85 kA 65 kA 70 kA 52 kA H 125 kA 94 kA 85 kA 64 kA Interrupting Rating 440 Vac 500/525 Vac 660/690 Vac Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 85 kA 64 kA — — — — • The N interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc. • Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations. Fifteen-inch width provides increased density installation. • • Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation • • Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers. • Connection options include bus or cable for installation flexibility. Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic™ power metering and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units. Built-in Modbus® protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to purchase additional, proprietary network solutions. 66 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 7—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers Table 59: IEC-Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 3P Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Circuit Breaker Current Rating1 Trip Unit Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 2.0 (LS0) NRNFE36160U32R NRNFE36200U32R NRNFE36250U32R NRNFE36320U32R NRHFE36160U32R NRHFE36200U32R NRHFE36250U32R NRHFE36320U32R 5.0 (LSI) NRNFE36160U33R NRNFE36200U33R NRNFE36250U33R NRNFE36320U33R NRHFE36160U33R NRHFE36200U33R NRHFE36250U33R NRHFE36320U33R 2.0A (LS0) NRNFE36160U42R NRNFE36200U42R NRNFE36250U42R NRNFE36320U42R NRHFE36160U42R NRHFE36200U42R NRHFE36250U42R NRHFE36320U42R 5.0A (LSI) NRNFE36160U43R NRNFE36200U43R NRNFE36250U43R NRNFE36320U43R NRHFE36160U43R NRHFE36200U43R NRHFE36250U43R NRHFE36320U43R 6.0A (LSIG) NRNFE36160U44R NRNFE36200U44R NRNFE36250U44R NRNFE36320U44R NRHFE36160U44R NRHFE36200U44R NRHLFE36250U44R NRHFE36320U44R 5.0P (LSI) NRNFE36160U63RE1 NRNFE36200U63RE1 NRNFE36250U63RE1 NRNFE36320U63RE1 NRHFE36160U63RE1 NRHFE36200U63RE1 NRHFE36250U63RE1 NRHFE36320U63RE1 6.0P (LSIG) NRNFE36160U64RE1 NRNFE36200U64RE1 NRNFE36250U64RE1 NRNFE36320U64RE1 NRHFE36160U64RE1 NRHFE36200U64RE1 NRHFE36250U64RE1 NRHFE36320U64RE1 1 For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (NRHFE36200U74RE1 becomes NRHFE46200U74RE1). 2 Add E1 suffix for Modbus Communications. Interrupting Ratings See page 66. Automatic Molded Case Switches Automatic molded case switches are available in unit-mount constructions from 1600–3200 A. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time protection is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Table 60: Automatic Switch Information Ampere Rating Icw Trip Point 1600 32 kA 57 kA 2000 32 kA 57 kA 2500 32 kA 57 kA 3200 32 kA 57 kA 67 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 7—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Termination Information NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers and switches are equipped for bus connection only. For certain amperages, an RLTBE terminal pad kit may be required. (Same kit as the PowerPact R-frame circuit breaker.) Refer to Section 10—Dimensional Drawings for terminal pad kit dimensions. Table 61: Terminal Pad Kits for Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Terminal Pad Kit (One End Only) Circuit Breaker Usage 3P Kit 4P Kit 3200 A Required Provided Provided All Other Circuit Breakers Optional RLTBE RLTBE4 Accessories Accessories are available either factory-installed or field-installable. They can be installed in accessory compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. (Same accessories as the R-frame circuit breaker.) Control Wiring Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover. Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams Refer to Wiring Diagrams on page 60. (Same as the R-frame circuit breaker.) 68 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Section 8—Accessories Accessories M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers can be used with a variety of internal and external accessories to increase application versatility and meet the demands of modern electrical distribution systems. Circuit breaker internal accessories are available either factory installed or field installable. They can be installed in accessory compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. Factory-Installed Accessories Factory-installed accessories are internally mounted by the factory. Accessories only available factory installed cannot be removed or repaired in the field. Order factory-installed accessories by adding the correct two-letter suffix to the standard circuit breaker catalog number. To build a catalog number, refer to the product selector or contact a field office. Field-Installable Accessories FIeld-installable accessories can be installed or replaced in the field without affecting the circuit breaker ratings. Field-installable accessories are shipped separately from the circuit breakers. Install and wire field-installable accessories according to the instructions supplied with the circuit breaker and particular accessory. Order field-installable accessories by the catalog number found in the Schneider Electric Digest. 69 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Table 62: Field/Factory-Installed Accessories P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Accessory M-Frame Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers ElectricallyOperated Circuit Breakers R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Page No. Field Factory Field Factory Field Factory Installable Installed Installable Installed Installable Installed Field Factory Installable Installed Shunt Trip (MX) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 71 Undervoltage Trip (MN) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 72 Adjustable Time Delay Module for Undervoltage Trip Y N Y N Y N Y N 73 Auxiliary Switch (OF) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 73 Alarm Switch (SD) Y Y Y Y N/A N/A Y Y 73 Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) N N Y Y Y Y Y Y 73 Spring-Charging Motor N/A NA N/A N/A Y Y N/A N/A 75 Trip Unit Replacement Covers N N Y N Y N Y N 76 Neutral Current Transformer N N/A Y N Y N Y N 77 Ground-Fault Interface Module N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 77 External Sensor for SGR or MDGF Protection N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 77 Sensor Plugs N N Y Y Y Y Y Y 78 Rating Plugs N N Y Y Y Y Y Y 78 M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts N/A N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 79 Circuit Breaker Communication Module N/A N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 79 Restraint Interface Module N/A N/A Y N Y N Y N 81 External Power Supply Module N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 81 External Battery Backup Module N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 81 Hand-Held Test Kit N N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 84 Full-Function Test Kit Y N/A Y Y Y Y Y Y 84 Mechanical Lug Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 85 Compression Lug Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 85 Terminal Pad Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 85 I-Line Jaws Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 85 Power Distribution Connectors Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 86 Control Wire Terminations Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 86 Phase Barriers Y N Y N Y N Y N 88 Electric Joint Compound Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 88 Door-Mounted Operating Mechanism Y Y Y Y Y Y N/A N/A 88 Rotary Handle N/A N/A N Y N/A N/A N/A N/A 89 Replacement Handles Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 89 Long Handle Extension Y Y Y Y N/A N/A N/A N/A 89 Accessory Cover Door Escutcheons Y N Y N Y N Y N 89 Padlock Attachment Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 89 Keylock N Y N Y N Y N Y 89 Keylock Provision N Y N Y N Y N Y 89 Sub-Feed Lugs Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 90 Y = Yes N = No N/A = Not Available 70 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Electrical Accessories Maximum Wire Length Maximum Wire Length—The inrush currents for these devices are approximately 200 VA. When low supply voltages (12, 24 or 48 V) are used, the maximum allowable wire length is dependent on the voltage and the wire size. Table 63: Maximum Wire Length1 Source Voltage Percent of Source Voltage Device 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) 16 AWG (1.31 mm2) 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) 16 AWG (1.31 mm2) 14 AWG (2.08 mm2) 16 AWG (1.31 mm2) 100% — — 159 ft (48.5 m) 100 ft (30.5 m) 765 ft (233.2 m) 472 ft (143.9 m) 85% — — 44 ft (13.4 m) 29 ft (8.8 m) 205 ft (62.5 m) 129 ft (39.3 m) 100% 57 ft (17.4 m) 34 ft (10.4 m) 314 ft (95.7 m) 200 ft (61.0 m) 1503 ft (457.8 m) 944 ft (287.7 m) 85% 27 ft (8.2 m) 17 ft (5.2 m) 205 ft (62.5 m) 126 ft (38.4 m) 957 ft (291.7 m) 601 ft (183.2 m) Wire Size UVR (MN) Shunt Trip (MX) and Shunt Close (XF) 1 48 Vdc The length shown in the table is for each of the two supply wires. Shunt Trip (MX1) and Shunt Close (XF) Shunt Trip (MX1): When energized, the shunt trip instantaneously opens the circuit breaker. The shunt trip may be energized continuously or intermittently. Shunt Close (XF): Remotely closes the circuit breaker if the spring mechanism is charged. The shunt close may be energized continuously or intermittently.This accessory is for electrically-operated P-frame circuit breaker only. Communication versions of the MX1 and XF are available for direct connection via the circuit breaker communication module (BCM). Table 64: Shunt Trip (MX1) and Shunt Close (XF) Shunt Trip and Shunt Close Characteristics Characteristics MX1 Vac 50/60 Hz Voltage Ratings (Vn) Vdc Operating Threshold Power Consumption (VA or W) 0.7 to 1.1 Vn Steady-State/Inrush XF Min Max 24 Vac 17 Vac 26 Vac 48 Vac 34 Vac 52 Vac 120 Vac 60 Vac 132 Vac 240 Vac 168 Vac 264 Vac 277 Vac 194 Vac 304 Vac 380 Vac 266 Vac 418 Vac 480 Vac 336 Vac 528 Vac 12 Vdc 8 Vdc 13 Vdc 24 Vdc 17 Vdc 26 Vdc 48 Vdc 34 Vdc 52 Vdc 125 Vdc 88 Vdc 137 Vdc 250 Vdc 175 Vdc 275 Vdc 0.85 to 1.1 Vn 4.5/200 70 ms ±10 (NW ≤ 4000 A) Circuit Breaker Response Time at Vn1 50 ms ±10 80 ms ±10 (NW > 4000 A) 55 ms (NT) 1 Shunt trip (MX1) and shunt close (XF) circuits must be energized for minimum of 200 ms. 71 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Undervoltage Trip (MN) This function opens the circuit breaker via an electrical order. It is made up of: • • • Instantaneous trip Fixed undervoltage trip (time delayed) or, Adjustable undervoltage trip (time delayed) As shown in the wiring diagram for the remote tripping function below, the delay unit (installed outside the circuit breaker) may be disabled by an emergency off button to obtain non-delayed opening of the circuit breaker. Undervoltage Trip (MN) The undervoltage trip (MN) instantaneously opens the circuit breaker when its supply voltage drops to a value between 35% and 70% of its rated voltage. If the undervoltage trip is not energized, it is impossible to close the circuit breaker, either manually or electrically. An attempt to close the circuit breaker produces no movement of the main contacts. Closing is allowed when the supply voltage of the undervoltage trip reaches 85% of rated voltage. Table 65: Undervoltage Trip Characteristics Characteristics MN 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac Vac 240 Vac 50/60 Hz 277 Vac 380 Vac Voltage Ratings (Vn) 480 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc Power Consumption (VA or W) Constant/Inrush 4.5/200 Opening 0.35 to 0.70 Vn Closing 0.35 Vn Operating Threshold Circuit Breaker Response Time at Vn Figure 5: Wire Diagram for the Remote Tripping Function Opening Order Opening Order C12 MX2 90 ms ±5 or Delayed Opening Order D2 Delayed Unit MN Instantaneous Opening Order MN C1 1 D1 10 12 3 6 D2 D1 72 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Time-Delay Module for Undervoltage Trip To eliminate circuit breaker nuisance tripping during temporary voltage dips (micro-breaks), operation of the undervoltage trip (MN) can be delayed by adding an external time-delay module to the undervoltage trip circuit. Available as adjustable and non-adjustable module. Table 66: Time-Delay Module Characteristics Factory-Installed Field-Installable Cat. No. Suffix Cat. No. Characteristics Adjustable Voltage Ratings of Time-delay Module Non-Adjustable Operating Threshold 48-60 — S33680 Vac 50/60 Hz / 100-130 — S33681 Vdc 200-250 — S33682 380-480 — S33683 Vac 50/60 Hz / 100-130 — S33684 Vdc 200-250 — S33685 Opening 0.35 to 0.7 Vn Closing Power Consumption Time-Delay Settings 0.85 Vn 4.5 VA/W (holding), 200 VA/W (inrush) Adjustable 0.5, 0.9, 1.5, and 3.0 s Non-Adjustable 0.25 s Indication Contacts Changeover contacts are used to provide remote circuit breaker status information and can be used for indications, electrical locking, relaying, etc. All the auxiliary contacts are also available in “low-level” versions capable of switching very low loads (for the control of PLCs or electronic circuits). Auxiliary Switch (OF): • remotely indicates the position of the main circuit breaker contacts. • can be used to operate indicator lights, relays or other accessories. • circuit breaker can accommodate up to three 1A/1B auxiliary switches. Alarm Switch (SD) • indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to: — an overload — a short circuit — an earth-leakage fault — operation of a voltage release — operation of the “push-to-trip” button • Returns to de-energized state when the circuit breaker is reset. Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) • indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to: — an overload — a short circuit — an earth-leakage fault • Returns to de-energized state when the circuit breaker is reset. 73 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Table 67: Electrical Characteristics of the OF/SD/SDE Auxiliary Contacts Contacts Standard Low Level1 Rated thermal current (A) 6 5 Minimum load 100 mA at 24 V Operational current (A) 1 1 mA at 24 V Voltage AC DC AC 24 V 6 6 5 DC 5 48 V 6 2.5 5 2.5 110 V 6 0.6 5 0.6 220/240 V 6 — 5 — 250 V — 0.3 5 0.3 380/440 V 6 — 5 — 480 V 6 — 5 — 660/690 V 6 — — — SDE is not available in low level for electrically-operated P-frame circuit breakers. NOTE: If the maximum voltage and current is exceeded, the low-level functions of the switch will be lost but the switch will continue to function as a standard switch. Table 68: Catalog Numbers Standard Min Load = 10 mA with 24 V Low Level Min Load = 1 mA with 24 V Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Description Field-Installable Cat. No. Field-Installable Cat. No. 1 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b AA S29450 AE S29452 2 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b AB 2x S29450 AF 2x S29452 3 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b AC 3x S29450 AG 3x S29452 Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b BC S29450 BH S29452 Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) 1a1b BD S29450 BJ1 S29452 Alarm Switch/Overcurrent Trip Switch (SD/SDE) 2a2b BE 2x S29450 BK1 2x S29452 1 Not available on an electrically-operated P-frame circuit breaker. 74 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Spring-Charging Motors (MCH) for P-Frame Circuit Breakers The spring-charging motor automatically charges the spring mechanism for closing the circuit breaker and also recharges the spring mechanism when the circuit breaker is in the ON position. Instantaneous reclosing of the circuit breaker is thus possible following circuit breaker opening. The spring-mechanism charging handle is used only as a backup if auxiliary power is absent. The spring-charging motor is equipped as standard with a limit switch contact (CH) that signals the charged position of the mechanism (springs charged). Table 69: Spring-Charging Motor Characteristics Characteristics MCH Vac 50/60 Hz Voltage Ratings (Vn) 48-60, 100-130, 200-250, 240-277, 380-415, 400-440, 480 Vdc 24-30, 48-60, 100-125, 200-250 Operating Threshold 0.85 to 1.1 Vn Power Consumption 180 VA Motor Overcurrent 2–3 x In for 0.1 s Charging Time 4 s maximum on NW, 3 s maximum on NT Duty Cycle 3 cycles per minute maximum 10,000 cycles for NW < 4000 A Endurance 5000 cycles for NW ≥ 4000 A CH Contact Table 70: 10 A at 240 V Spring-Charging Motors for Electrically-Operated P-Frame Circuit Breakers Description FieldReplacement Coils Replacement Spring Charging Factory Installed Opening/Closing Cat. No. Suffix Coil Cat. No. Motor Cat. No. Factory Rated Voltage Installed Cat. (+10%/-15%) No. Suffix Vac Standard Motor for Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers Vdc Vac Communicating Motor Mechanism for Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers Vdc 48 ML S47391 SL S33660 100-130 MA S47395 SA S33661 220-240 MC S47396 SC S33662 380-415 MF S47398 SH S33664 24-30 MO S47390 SK S33659 48-60 MV S47391 SL S33660 110/130 MR S47392 SA S33661 200/250 MS S47393 SC S33662 48 NL S47391 EL S33034 100-130 NA S47395 EA S33035 220-240 NC S47396 EC S33036 380-415 NF S47398 EH S33038 24-30 NO S47390 EK S33033 48-60 NV S47391 EL S33034 110-130 NR S47392 EA S33035 200-250 NS S47393 EC S33036 75 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories Circuit breakers are shipped with trip unit installed, but can have the trip units replaced in the field. Actual trip units and settings required for specific applications must be determined by a qualified consultant or plant engineer. A coordination study is recommended to provide coordination between all circuit breakers in the distribution system. Table 71: Field-Installable Micrologic Trip Unit Model Protection Additional Features Field-Installable Cat. No.1 2.0 (IEC only) LSO 3.0 (UL/ANSI only) LI S132R 5.0 LSI S133A 2.0A (IEC only) LSO S142R None S131A 3.0A (UL/ANSI only) LI 5.0A LSI S141A 6.0A LSIG S144A 5.0P LSI S163A 2 6.0P LSIG S164A 2 5.0H LSI S173A 2 6.0H LSIG S174A 2 Ammeter S143A Metering, Advanced Protection Metering, Advanced Protection & Harmonic Analysis 1 The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit is the “A” rating plug. To specify an alternative adjustable rating plug, please add the letter designation to the end of the catalog number. Please refer to Digest for a complete listing of adjustable settings available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the standard "A" plug.) Use suffix “N” if no rating plug is required. When replacing a Basic trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H (Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12pin connector kit S33101 for the PowerPact P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPact P-frame unit-mount and R-frame circuit breakers. 2 Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module. Lead-Free Trip Unit Sealing Kit The MICROTUSEAL lead-free trip unit seal was designed as a RoHS-compliant replacement for lead seals. It may be used to seal Micrologic trip units and other devices. It is manufactured as a stainless steel cable and polycarbonate locking mechanism which shows evidence of tampering. The seal is individually numbered for control purposes. Order kit number MICROTUSEAL . Replacement Covers Table 72: Replacement Covers Device Cat. No. Micrologic A Trip Unit Cover, clear S33592 Micrologic P/H Trip Unit Cover, opaque gray S47067 76 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Neutral Current Transformer (CT) Current transformers are available for applications requiring ground-fault protection on three-phase, four-wire systems or for neutral protection and metering. Neutral current transformers are not required on non-ground-fault circuit breakers, or on three-phase, three-wire systems. The rating of the external neutral current transformer must be compatible with the rating of the circuit breaker. Table 73: Neutral Current Transformer Catalog Numbers Circuit Breaker Sensor 250 P-Frame R-Frame All S33575 400–1600 S33576 250 S48916 400–1600 S34036 2000 S48896 2500 S48182 All 12-pin Trip Unit Connector 1 Cat. No. NCTWIRING1 S33100 Included with NCT. NOTE: These neutral current transformers cannot be used for SGR (Source Ground-Return) or MDGF (Modified Differential Ground Fault) applications. Ground-Fault Interface Module The ground-fault interface module (P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers only) is used to sum the current flow in three-phase, four-wire systems and multiple-sourced systems, using one or more specially-designed external current sensors to measure current flow. The ground-fault interface module is commonly used in two applications: • • For a ground-source return ground-fault sensing (SGR) system For a modified differential ground-fault (MDGF) system More complex systems are possible, for information about these, contact a field sales representative. Order kit number S48891 . External Sensor for SGR or MDGF Protections For use on 400 A sensor or higher. In SGR applications, an external sensor is installed around the connection of the transformer neutral point to ground. Its secondary is connected to the Micrologic™ 6.0A, 6.0P or 6.0H trip units. In MDGF applications, a sensor is installed on each phase and neutral conductor. The sensors for each circuit breaker are connected to an interface module. These, in turn, connect to the Micrologic 6.0A, 6.0P or 6.0H trip units. Order kit number S33579 . 77 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Sensor Plugs Sensor plugs are used to set the current rating (In) of the PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breakers. Beginning in January 2007 (date code 07011), the sensor plugs are field-replaceable, down to 50% of the original rating. Mechanical keying in the circuit breaker prevents changing a rating plug to a higher rating than the original factory-installed sensor plug. Table 74: Sensor Plugs Circuit Breaker UL P-Frame IEC P-Frame UL R-Frame IEC R-Frame Original Circuit Breaker Amperage Sensor Plug Range Sensor Plug Catalog No. 250 A 250 A S47052 400 A 400 A S47053 600 A 600 A S48823 800 A 600–800 A S33092 1000 A 600–1000 A S33093 1200 A 600–1200 A S48824 630 A 630 A S33091 800 A 600–800 A S33092 1000 A 600–1000 A S33093 1250 A 600–1250 A S33094 1600 A 600–1600 A S33095 600 A 600 A S48823 800 A 600–800 A S33092 1000 A 600–1000 A S33093 1200 A 600–1200 A S48824 1600 A 800–1600 A S33095 2000 A 1000–2000 A S33982 2500 A 1200–2500 A S33983 3000 A 1200–3000 A S48825 1600 A 1600 A S33095 2000 A 1600–2000 A S33982 2500 A 1600–2500 A S33983 3200 A 1600–3200 A S33984 Rating Plugs Interchangeable rating plugs are available to limit the long-time threshold setting range for greater versatility. Table 75: Rating Plug Settings Rating Plug For P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breakers For NS630b– NS3200 Circuit Breakers Switch Settings Ir = In x... Cat. No. Type A 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.6 0.63 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 S48818 Type B 0.4 0.44 0.5 0.56 0.63 0.75 0.88 0.95 1 S48819 Type C 0.42 0.50 0.53 0.58 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.95 1 S48820 Type D 0.4 0.48 0.64 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.93 0.95 1 S48836 Type E 0.6 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.93 0.95 1 S48837 Type F 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1 S48838 Type G 0.66 0.68 0.7 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.8 0.82 S48839 Type H 0.48 0.5 0.52 0.54 0.56 0.58 0.6 0.62 0.64 S48840 Type R1 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.95 0.98 1 S33542 Type S 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 S33543 Type T 0.8 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.9 0.92 0.95 0.98 1 S33544 Type P (Off Plug) No Long-Time Protection. S33545 78 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Modbus® Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) The circuit breaker communication module is independent of the trip unit. Installed on the circuit breaker, behind the trip unit, it receives and transmits information on the communication network. An optical link is used for communication with the Micrologic™ A, P, and H trip units. Power requirements are 30 mA, 24 Vdc. NOTE: The power supply for the circuit breaker communication module must be separate and isolated from the power supply for the trip unit. The following may be connected to this module: • • Table 76: A set of dedicated switches which read the status of the circuit breaker. A set of “actuators” (MX shunt trip or motor mechanism) to control the circuit breaker. . Circuit Breaker Communication Module Characteristics Circuit Breaker Identification ID Code, Address Size, Rating, Performance Type of Trip Unit Type of Long-Time Rating Plug Status Indication On/Off Indication Fault Trip Controls Opening/Closing Circuit Breaker and Trip Unit A P H X X X Fine Settings in the Range Imposed by the Rotary Switches X X Setting of Protection and Alarms X X Reading of Settings on Rotary Switches Settings Customized Alarm Programming X Reading of Protection and Alarms Standard X X Set X X Customized X Current Reading of Measurements Operating and Maintenance Aids Voltages, Frequency, Power, etc. X X X X Power Quality: Fundamentals and Harmonics X Waveform Capture X History of Trips and Alarms1 Histories X X Log of Trips and Alarms X Contact Wear, Counters, Etc. Indicators 1 X X X Maintenance Record X Up to 10 trips and 10 alarms. Table 77: Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. Description FactoryInstalled Cat. No. Suffix P-Frame R-Frame Unit Motor I-Line™ Drawout Mount Operated Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) (Modbus) E1 S64205 Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C) V S64273 Six Programmable Contacts Module (M6C) W S64204 External Voltage Sensing (EVS) YV S64203 Trip Unit Battery for Trip Indicator Lights — S33593 12-pin Trip Unit Connector for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers — S33100 S64207 S64210 With Rotary Handle Unit Mount S64206 S64205 S64202 S64204 S64201 S64209 S64210 S64208 I-Line 79 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts The M2C and M6C contacts are used with the Micrologic™ P and H control units, and indicate the type of fault and instantaneous or delayed threshold overruns (i.e: trip unit protection pickup, current/voltage unbalance, under/over voltage, reverse power, phase rotation, under/over frequency, and load shedding). The M2C has two programmable contacts while the M6C has six. They require an external 24 Vdc power supply (100 mA consumption). NOTE: The M2C and M6C may use the same 24 V power supply as the trip unit. The M2C, M6C and trip unit power supply must be separate and isolated from the power supply used for the BCM/CCM. M6C contacts are programmed via the control unit using a keypad or via a supervisory station with the COM communication option. They may be programmed: • • • With instantaneous return to the initial state Without return to the initial state With return to the initial state following a delay Table 78: Characteristics for M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts Minimum Load 100 mA/24 V 240 Vac Breaking Capacity at a Power Factor (p.f.) of 0.7 5A 380 Vac 3A 24 Vdc 1.8 A 48 Vdc 1.5 A 125 Vdc 0.4 A 250 Vdc 0.15 A Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) Table 79: Upstream Circuit Breaker ZSI is used to reduce the stress on electrical distribution equipment during fault conditions by reducing the time it takes to clear the fault, while maintaining system coordination between overcurrent protective devices. Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 A During a short-circuit or ground-fault condition on a ZSI system, the device directly ahead of the fault sends a signal upstream via control wiring to restrain upstream circuit breakers from tripping and then trips with no intentional time delay to clear the fault. Upstream devices which receive a restraint signal obey their short-time and/or ground-fault delay settings to maintain coordination in other areas of the system. Upstream devices that do not receive a restraint signal trip with no intentional time delay. Fault 1 B Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Fault 2 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Downstream Circuit Breakers • Fault 1—The upstream circuit breaker (A) will clear the fault with no intentional delay, regardless of its time-delay setting. • Fault 2—Circuit breaker (B) will inform upstream circuit breaker (A) that it is clearing the fault. This will prevent circuit breaker (A) from tripping instantaneously. Circuit breaker (A) will trip at the end of its time delay setting if the fault is not cleared during this time. ZSI requires trip settings be coordinated so a downstream circuit breaker will trip before an upstream circuit breaker under overload, short-circuit or ground-fault conditions. Effective coordination requires a system coordination study. See data bulletin 0100DB0501, Short Circuit Coordination for Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers. 80 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Restraint Interface Module (RIM) The restraint interface module (RIM) is used to allow zone-selective interlocking communications between circuit breakers with old Micrologic™, Merlin Gerin™, or Federal Pioneer™ trip units and GC series ground-fault relays. For 120 Vac/24 Vdc systems, use catalog number S48890. For 240 Vac/24 Vdc systems, use catalog number S48895. Downstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 2.0A, 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units can restrain up to fifteen upstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units without requiring a restraint interface module. If the number of upstream circuit breakers exceeds fifteen, then a RIM is required. Merlin Gerin STR58 trip units Square D GC-200 relay Square D GC-100 relay Micrologic trip unit2 Downstream Device (Sends output to RIM) Micrologic Series B trip unit Upstream Device (Receives input from RIM) Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM trip units RIM Requirements1 Table 80: Micrologic Trip Unit2 15 R R 15 15 R Square D Micrologic Series B Trip Units R 26 R R R 15 Square D GC-100 Relay R R 7 R R R Square D GC-200 Relay 15 R R 15 15 R Merlin Gerin STR58 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R Merlin Gerin STR53 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM Trip Units R 15 R R R 15 Square D Add-on Ground Fault Module for Equipment Protection R 5 R R R R 1 R = RIM is required. Number denotes maximum number of upstream circuit breakers that can be restrained without requiring a RIM. 2 Includes 2.0A (as a downstream trip unit only), 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units. External Power Supply Module When used with the Micrologic™ A, P, and H trip units, a power supply module makes it possible to: • • • • Display currents less than 20% of sensor (In). Maintain display of tripping causes after opening of the circuit breaker. Store the value of the interrupted current (P and H trip units only). The modules are not UL Listed. Table 81: External Power Supply Module Power Supply Input (+10%, -15%) Output Voltage Output Power Cat. No. 24–30 Vdc Input 685823 48/60 Vdc Input 685824 125 Vdc Input 110–130 Vac Input 24 Vdc 5 VA/5 W (Ripple < 5%) 685825 685826 200–240 Vac Input 685827 380–415 Vac Input 685829 External Battery Backup Module The external battery backup module (Catalog No. 685831) provides up to twelve hours of backup power for the power supply module. 81 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Display Options Front Display Module Functions (FDM121) (Micrologic A / P / H Trip Units Only) The front display module (FDM121) can be integrated in the PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breaker system. It uses the sensors and processing capacity of the Micrologic trip unit to display measurements, demand, power quality and maximum/minimum values along with alarms, histories, and maintenance indicators. It is easy to use and requires no special software or settings and is immediately operational when connected to the PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breakers by a simple cable. The FDM121 is a large display, but requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic display screen is backlit for easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at sharp angles. Table 82: Main menu Quick view Metering Alarms Services ESC Characteristics Screen OK FDM121 Display Alarm LED Operating temperature Size 96 x 96 x 30 mm Installation Requires 10 mm behind the door (or 20 mm when the 24 Vdc power supply connector is used). Backlighting White Viewing Angle Vertical ±60°, horizontal ±30° Resolution High: excellent reading of graphic symbols. Flashing orange Alarm pick-up Steady orange after operator reset Alarm condition persists. 14°F to 131°F (-10 °C to +55 °C). Certifications UL, CSA, CE 24 Vdc power supply Tolerances 24 V -20% +10% (19.2 V to 26.4 V) When the FDM121 is connected to the communication network, the 24 Vdc is supplied by the communication network wiring. Power Requirements 40 mA, 24 Vdc Mounting Standard door cut-out 92 x 92 mm. To avoid a cut-out in the door, a surface-mount accessory is Attached using clips. available for surface mounting by drilling two 22 mm diameter holes. Degree of protection NEMA12 / IP54 in front. NEMA12 / IP54 is maintained after mounting by using the supplied gasket during installation. Surface Mount Accessory Mounting The FDM121 is easily installed in equipment. • • Standard door cut-out 3.62 x 3.62 in. (92 x 92 mm). Attached using clips. To avoid a cut-out in the door, an accessory is available for surface mounting by drilling only two 0.87 in. (22 mm) diameter holes. The FDM121 degree of protection is NEMA12 / IP54 in front. NEMA12 / IP54 is maintained after mounting by using the supplied gasket during installation. Electrical Connection The FDM121 is equipped with: • a 24 Vdc terminal block: — plug-in type with 2 wire inputs per point for easy daisy-chaining — power supply range of 24 V -20% (19.2 V) to 24 V +10% (26.4 V) • two RJ45 jacks. When the second connector is not used, it must be fitted with a line terminator TRV00880. 82 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Figure 6: Communication Components and FDM121 Connections Modbus Modbus 1 24 V DC 24 V DC + FDM121 7 version > V2.0.2 + Network B A’ B’ Circuit breaker CCM 8 A A B A’ B’ 2 3 + - red black white blue 5 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 B’ / Rx+ D1 A’ / Rx- D0 B / Tx+ D1 0V A / Tx- D0 24 V 4 customer terminal block 6 1 2 3 4 Modbus network CCM (chassis module) Breaker ULP cord "Device" communication module (BCM ULP) 5 6 7 8 Prefabricated wiring Micrologic trip unit FDM121 display Line terminator Navigation Five buttons are used for intuitive and fast navigation. The “Context” button may be used to select the type of display (digital [text], bargraph, analog). Main menu Quick view Metering Alarms Services ESC The user can select the display language (Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, etc.) Other languages can be downloaded. Screens OK Main menu A B C D E When powered up, the FDM121 screen automatically displays the ON/OFF status of the device. When not in use, the screen is not backlit. Backlighting can be activated by pressing one of the buttons. It goes off after 3 minutes. Quick view Provides access to five screens that display a summary of essential operating information (I, U, f, P, E, THD, circuit breaker On / Off). Metering Used to display the measurement data (I, U-V, f, P, Q, S, E, THD, PF) with the corresponding min/max values. Alarms Displays active alarms and the alarm history Services Provides access to the operation counters, energy and maximum reset function, maintenance indicators, identification of modules connected to the internal bus and FDM121 internal settings (language, contrast, etc.) 83 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Catalog Numbers Table 83: Front Display Module Catalog Numbers Description Catalog No. FDM121 STRV00121 FDM121 Mounting Accessory TRV00128 Test Equipment Hand-Held Test Kit The hand held test kit may be used to: • Verify trip unit operation, the mechanical operation of the circuit breaker, and the electrical continuity of the connection between the tripping coil and the trip unit. • Supply control power to the trip unit for settings via the keypad when the circuit breaker is open (Micrologic P and H trip units). • • • Inhibit thermal imaging for primary injection test (for Micrologic types A, P or H). Inhibit ground fault for primary injection test (for Micrologic types A, P or H). Self-restrain Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) (for Micrologic types A, P or H). Table 84: Hand-held Test Kit Catalog Numbers Device Cat. No. Hand-held Test Kit S33594 Seven-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit)1 S48907 Two-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit) S48908 1 Included in the test kit. Kit for replacement only. Full-Function Test Kit The full-function test kit consists of a signal-injection box which can be used alone or with a supporting personal computer (PC). The optional test kit software is compatible with Windows® 95, 98 and Windows NT® operating systems. The test kit without a supporting PC may be used to check: • • • The mechanical operation of the circuit breaker The electrical continuity of the connection between the tripping coil and the trip unit Trip unit operation — for example: — Display of settings — Operating tests on the electronic component — Automatic and manual tests on protection functions (trip curve verification) — Tests on the Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) function — Inhibition of the ground-fault protection for equipment — Inhibition of the thermal imaging • Save test data into test kit The test kit with a supporting PC may be used to: • • Print test data Compare the real tripping curve with the curves available on the PC 84 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Table 85: Full-Function Test Kit Catalog Numbers Device Cat. No. Full-function Test Kit S33595 Seven-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit)1 S48907 230 Vac Filtered Power Cord1 S48856 120 Vac Filtered Power Cord1 S48855 1 Included in the test kit. Kit for replacement only. Circuit Breaker Terminations Mechanical, Compression, and Distribution Lugs The M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on both ends of the unit-mounted circuit breakers. The M-frame and P-frame I-Line™ circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on the O/OFF end only. These lugs are suitable for use with copper or aluminum wire. Rear connectors, compression lugs and distribution lugs are available for special applications. M-Frame Mechanical Lugs M-Frame Compression Lug R-Frame Compression Lug P-Frame Mechanical Lugs P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction. See Section 8 for drawout cradle details. The R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers have terminal pads only (no lugs) for bus connections on both ends. Terminal pads are required for the use of lugs on R-frame circuit breakers, lugs are not available for NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers. See the section on R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers for information on terminal pad requirements. R-frame I-Line circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on the O/OFF end only (AL1200R53K). Copper mechanical lugs are available for use with copper wire only. These lugs can be factory installed by adding an LC suffix to the circuit breaker catalog number for standard copper lugs and LD suffix for high-amp copper lugs (M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 ≤ 800 A circuit breakers only). See the Digest or product selector or contact the field office for more information. I-Line™ Jaw Configurations Standard 3P I-Line circuit breakers are supplied with an ABC phase jaw connection. In applications where the jaw configuration must be reversed, specify a CBA jaw configuration by adding the digit 6 to the phasing position of the circuit breaker catalog number. I-Line 2P circuit breakers are available in AC or CA phasing. Add the digit of the desired phasing to the phasing position of the circuit breaker catalog number. Table 86: I-Line Phase Options Phase Option Number Phase Connections 1 2 3 4 5 6 AB AC BA BC CA CB 85 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Table 86: I-Line Phase Options Phase Option Number Phase Connections Standard 6 ABC CBA Power Distribution Connectors Power distribution connectors (PDCs) are available for M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 unitmount circuit breakers as field-installable kits. They can be used for multiple load wire connections on one circuit breaker. Each is UL Listed for copper wire only. Power distribution connectors are for use on the O/OFF end of the circuit breaker only, and the O/OFF end must be connected to the load. PDCs are for use in UL508 applications only. PDC6P20 PDC12P4 Control Wire Terminations Mechanical lug kits are available with provisions for control wire terminations. The control wire is crimped to a standard ring-type wire crimp terminal (not included) and secured to the lug using the #6-32 screw included in the kit. These lugs are UL and CSA Recognized as a circuit breaker component. These lugs are available factory installed or as field-installable kits. For factory-installed control wire terminations, add the suffix from the table below in the lug option field of the catalog number. Table 87: Control Wire Termination Termination Code Control Wire Location Control Wire Suffix L Both ends LW M ON end only LU P OFF end only LV Table 88: Lug Kits Lug Type Catalog Number Used On AL800M23K Lugs Circuit Per Breaker Type Kit1 Max. Amp. Rating Conductors/Lug M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3, 4 800 3 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) AL800P6K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A3, NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3, 4 800 2 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil (95–300 mm2) AL800P7K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A3, NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3 770 2 3/0 AWG–750 kcmil (95–400 mm2); Compact AL 750 kcmil (400 mm2) only AL1200P24K M-Frame, P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-mount, I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount 3, 4 1200 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) AL1200R53K R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil (95–300 mm2) AL1200P6KU P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount 3 1200 3 350-600 kcmil (185-300 mm2) AL1200P7KU P-Frame ≤ 800 A3, NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount 3 1155 3 3/0 AWG–750 kcmil (95–400 mm2); Compact AL 750 kcmil only AL2500RK R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 Unit-Mount 2 2500 1 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil (50–400 mm2) Aluminum Mechanical Lug2 AL1200P25K No. Range Continued on next page 86 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Table 88: Lug Type Copper Mechanical Lugs4 Aluminum Compression Lugs Lug Kits (continued) Lugs Circuit Per Breaker Type Kit1 Max. Amp. Rating Conductors/Lug M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS800 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3, 4 800 3 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) CU1200P24K M-Frame, P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) CU1200P25K P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount 3, 4 800 4 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–250 mm2) CU1200R53K R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 1 1200 4 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil (95–300 mm2) CU250P1K M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A, NS630b–NS800 PJ 3 150 A 1 1–1/0 AWG (50 mm2) YA250P3 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 1 250 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil (70–150 mm2) YA400P3 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 2 400 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil (70–150 mm2) YA1200R3 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil (70–150 mm2) YA300P5 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 1 300 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) YA600P5 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 2 600 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) YA1200R5 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) YA400P7 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 1 400 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) YA800P7 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 2 800 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) YA1200R7 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) YA2500R7 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 Unit-Mount 2 2500 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) CYA400P5 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 1 400 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) CYA600P5 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 2 600 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) CYA1200R5 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) CYA800R7 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 I-Line 2 800 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) CYA1200R7 R-Frame, NS1600b–NS3200 I-Line 4 1200 1 500–750 kcmil (240–400 mm2) PDC12P4 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3 400 12 10–4 AWG (6–25 mm2) PDC12P44 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 4 400 12 10–4 AWG (6–25 mm2) PDC6P20 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 3 600 6 12–2/0 AWG (25–70 mm2) PDC6P204 M-Frame, P-Frame, NS630b–NS1200 Unit-Mount, I-Line 4 600 6 12–2/0 AWG (25–70 mm2) Catalog Number Used On CU800M23K Copper Compression Lugs4 Power Distribution Connectors (Copper Only) No. Range 1 For 4P circuit breakers, add “4” to kit catalog number (AL800M23K4 instead of AL800M23K). 2 For version with tapped hole for control wire add a T before the K to the kit catalog number (AL800M23TK instead of AL800M23K). 3 Does not fit onto I/ON end of unit-mount P-frame circuit breakers. 4 Not available with tapped hole for control wire. 87 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories External Accessories Phase Barriers Phase barriers are available for M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 unit-mount circuit breakers with bus connections or with lugs ≤ 800 A. Phase barriers are also available for R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 unit-mount circuit breakers. Table 89: Phase Barriers Used With Cat. No. M-Frame and P-Frame S33646 R-Frame S33998 Qty Per Kit 3 Electric Joint Compound I-Line circuit breakers, I-Line busway plug-on units and I-Line panelboards and switchboards are supplied with factory-applied joint compound on the plug-on connectors. The compound is especially formulated for I-Line connections and contributes to the overall performance of the connection. If the joint compound is removed, it must be reapplied. A two-ounce container of the compound (Cat. No. PJC7201) is available. Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms Door-mounted operating mechanisms are available for M- and P-frame circuit breakers. The Type L door-mounted variable-depth operating mechanism feature heavy-duty, all-metal constructions. They can be padlocked in the OFF position when the enclosure door is open. Handle assemblies can be locked OFF with up to three padlocks, which also locks the door closed. Complete kits include a handle assembly, operating mechanism, and shaft assembly, and are rated for NEMA Type 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. A door drilling template is supplied for ease of installation. Table 90: Operating Mechanism Handle Assembly Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms Description Description Circuit Breaker Mechanism Type L Handle Assembly2 Replacement Parts Handle Assembly1 Shaft Mounting Depth Cat. No. Painted, 8 inch 7.2–11.625 in. (182–295 mm) LW1 Painted, 8 inch 7.2–22.25 in. (182–565 mm) LW4 Type 3, 4 Painted, 8 inch Chrome Plated, 8 inch 7.2–11.625 in. (182–295 mm) LHP48 Type 3, 4, 4X Handle Assembly Painted, 8 inch — LHP8 Operating Mechanism — — LW7 Standard Shaft — 7.2–11.625 in. (182–295 mm) LS8 Long Shaft — 7.2–22.25 in. (182–565 mm) LS10 1 Painted handles are painted flat black, with the base ring silver. 2 Due to gasketing, NEMA 3 and 4 handle assemblies are NOT trip indicating. LCP48 Handle Extension Handle extensions are available for M- and P-frame circuit breakers. Order catalog number 33195. 88 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Rotary Operating Handles P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are available with standard black directly-mounted (IP-40) or door-mounted / telescopic door-mounted (IP-55) rotary handles. The rotary handles are factory-installed and available with two early-break or two early-make contacts. Table 91: Rotary Operated Handles Device Switches Direct Mounted, Standard Black Handle Door Mounted, Standard Black Handle — Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix RD10 Two Early-Break and Two Early-Make Switches RD16 — RE10 Two Early-Break and Two Early-Make Switches RE16 Rotary Handle Replacement Kit — S33875 Replacement Handles Replacement handle assemblies are available for R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers. Replacement toggle handle extensions, including an optional longer handle extension, are available for M-frame, P-frame, and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers. Table 92: Replacement Handles for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Frame Field-Installed Cat. No. Standard R-Frame S33997 Standard Short M-, P-Frame S46998 Long M-, P-Frame S46996 Door Escutcheons Accessory cover door escutcheons are available for all M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b– NS3200 circuit breakers. Toggle door escutcheons are also available for fixed-mounted, P-frame, manually-operated circuit breakers. Table 93: Door Escutcheons for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Frame Field-Installed Cat. No. M-, P-Frame S33718 R-Frame S33929 Toggle Handle M-, P-Frame S33717 Drawout P-Frame S33857 Accessory Cover Locking Accessories Field-installable handle padlock attachments are available for manually-operated circuit breakers. These attachments will accommodate three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 3/16–5/16 in. (5–8 mm) and will lock the circuit breaker in the O/OFF position only. A handle padlock attachment is also available for locking manually-operated circuit breakers in either the I/ON or O/OFF position. This attachment will accommodate three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 3/16–5/16 in. (5–8 mm) and is available as factory or field installation. Kirk® key interlock brackets are also available for locking circuit breakers in the O/OFF position only. Not available for drawout P-frame or NS630b–NS1600. Circuit breakers with rotary handles come standard with provision for padlocking the handle in the O/OFF position only. Key locks are also available for locking the circuit breaker in the I/ON or O/OFF positions. A keylock or padlock provision for padlocking the circuit breaker in the O/OFF position is optional on electrically-operated P-frame and NS-630b–NS1600 circuit breakers. 89 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 8—Accessories Table 94: Locks and Interlocking M- and P-Frame Device Handle Padlocking Device Interlocking (Not UL listed) Field-Installed Cat. No. Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Field-Installed Cat. No. Removable (Lock Off or On) — — — — Removable (Lock Off Only) — S44936 — S33996 Fixed (Lock Off or On) YP S32631 YP S32631 Fixed (Lock Off Only) YQ MPRPAF YQ MPRPAF Mechanical for Circuit Breakers with Rotary Handles — S338901 — — Provision Only, Vertical Mount, 1 key interlock including padlock provision, open position only JE1 — JE1 — Kirk Provision Only, Vertical Mount, 1 or Kirk 2 Locks JA — — — Provision Only, Horizontal Mount Kirk JK — JK — 1 Lock, M- and P-Frame Ronis JB — JB — 1 or 2 Locks, R-Frame Profalux JD — JD — Provision and 1 Lock, Vertical Mount Kirk JG — — — Kirk JL — JL — Ronis JC — JC — Profalux JF — JF — Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Alike, Kirk Vertical Mount JN — — — Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Alike, Kirk Horizontal Mount — — JN — Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Differently, Vertical Mount Kirk JP — — — Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Differently, Horizontal Mount Kirk — — JP — Key Locking Provision and 1 Lock, Horizontal Mount 1 Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Description R-Frame Not available on M-frame, motor-operated P-frame, or I-Line circuit breakers. Sub-Feed Lugs Sub-feed lug kits are UL Listed for use on Listed equipment. They have plug-on jaw construction and plug on to the I-Line™ bus stack in the same manner as branch circuit breakers. Lugs on these devices accommodate the same wire sizes as the equivalent ampere rated circuit breakers. Table 95: Plug-On Lug Kit Cat. No. I-Line Sub-Feed Lug Kit Terminations Poles Mounting Ampere Height Rating Lug Catalog No. Wire Size Conductors Per Lug 3 SL800M5 3 800 A — 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) SL1200P5 3 1200 A — 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) 4 SL1200P6 3 1200 A — 350–600 kcmil (185–300 mm2) 3 SL1200P7 3 1200 A — 3/0 AWG–750 kcmil (95–400 mm2) 2 S33931 3 9 in. 1200 A AL1200P24K 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (95–240 mm2) 4 S33930 3 15 in. 1200 A AL1200R53K 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil (95–300 mm2) 4 90 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Circuit Breaker and Cradle Design A 06123146 D E B B F G H Drawout Circuit Breaker A—Terminal Cover B—Lifting Tabs C—Extension Rail Handle D—Padlock Provision E—Position Indicator F—Crank Insertion Opening G—Stop Release Button H—Crank Storage Space C Cradle NOTE: See page 19 for cradle catalog numbers. Drawout Mechanism The drawout assembly mechanism allows the circuit breaker to be racked in four positions (connected, test, disconnected, or withdrawn), as shown in the figure below. Connected Position Secondary Contacts Disconnected Position Test Position Withdrawn Position Clusters (UL) Stabs (UL) NOTE: For UL/CSA Listed devices, the clusters are mounted on the circuit breaker and the stabs are on the cradle. For IEC devices, the clusters are mounted on the cradle and the stabs are mounted on the circuit breaker. 91 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Connectors Table 96: Available Connectors Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Rear-Connected “T” Vertical (RCTV) Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal (RCTH) Cradle Accessories Cradle Position Switches Three optional cradle position switches are available for the cradle: • • Cradle position switches (CE) to indicate the connected position. • Cradle position switches (CT) to indicate the test position. In this position, the power circuits are disconnected and the auxiliary circuits are connected. Cradle position switches (CD) to indicate the disconnected position. This position is indicated when the required clearance for isolation of the power and auxiliary circuits is reached. Table 97: Cradle Position Switches Switch Type CE CD CT Maximum Push-In Switches 3 2 1 Breaking Capacity at a Power Factor (pf) of 0.3 1 Cat. No. CE CD CT 3 2 1 Standard: 10 mA/24 V Min. Load Low-Level: 1 mA/4 V Min. Load1 240 Vac 8A 24-48 Vac 5A 380 Vac 8A 240 Vac 5A 480 Vac 8A 380 Vac 5A 600-690 Vac 6A 24-48 Vdc 2.5 A S33170 24-48 Vdc 2.5 A 125 Vdc 0.8 A 125 Vdc 0.8 A 250 Vdc 0.3 A 250 Vdc 0.3 A Cat. No. S33171 If the maximum voltage and current is exceeded, the low-level function of the switch will be lost but the switch will continue to function as a standard switch with standard switch specifications. 92 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Modbus® Cradle Communication Module (CCM) 9 10 11 12 Out - In - In + Out + Out - Out + In + Fault In - Shield CCM Modbus S48377 Comm. The Cradle Communication Module (catalog number S33852) makes it possible to address the cradle and to maintain the address when the circuit breaker or the BCM is replaced. Cradle position switches connected to the module determine and communicate the position of the circuit breaker in the cradle. Power requirements: 30 mA, 24 Vdc. NOTE: The power supply for the circuit breaker communication module must be separate and isolated from the power supply for the trip unit. Table 98: Cradle Communication Module Characteristics ID Code, Address Address Sync. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Circuit Breaker Identification Size, Rating, Performance Type of Trip Unit Type of Long-Time Rating Plug On/Off Indication Status Indication Connected/Disconnected/Test Position Fault Trip Opening/Closing Trip Unit Controls Settings A P H Reading of Settings on Rotary Switches X X X Fine Settings in the Range Imposed by the Rotary Switches X X Setting of Protection and Alarms X X Customized Alarm Programming Reading of Protection and Alarms X Standard X X Set X X X X X X Customized Current Operating and Maintenance Aids Reading of Measurements Power quality: Fundamentals and harmonics X Waveform Capture Histories Indicators 1 Voltages, frequency, power, etc. X X X History of trips and alarms1 X X X X Log of trips and alarms Contact wear, counters, etc. Maintenance record X X Up to ten trips and ten alarms. 93 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Cradle Locking and Interlocking Disconnected Position Locking The circuit breaker can be locked in the disconnected position by key interlock (optional, catalog number S33772 ) or padlock (standard). The key interlock is on the cradle and accessible with the door locked. Kirk key interlocks are available for UL/CSA circuit breakers. Key is captive when circuit breaker is closed. • Locking in all positions (disconnected, test, and connected) is possible. Factory standard setting is locking in disconnected position. RONIS • RONIS Door Interlock The door interlock (catalog number S33786) prevents the compartment door from being opened when the circuit breaker is in the connected or test position. If the circuit breaker is put into the connected position with the door open, the door can be closed without disconnecting the circuit breaker. For greater protection, this interlock can be used in conjunction with the open door racking interlock. OOFF push O OFF Open Door Racking Interlock The racking interlock (catalog number S33788 ) prevents racking in the circuit breaker when the door is open. (Insertion of the circuit breaker racking crank is not possible when the compartment door is open.) Cradle Rejection Kits The cradle rejection feature (optional, catalog number S33767 ) ensures that only the properly designated circuit breaker or switch is matched with the selected cradle assembly. Miscellaneous Accessories Shutter and Shutter Lock The shutters automatically block access to the main disconnects when the circuit breaker is in the disconnected, test, or fully withdrawn position. The shutter lock is used to prevent connection of the circuit breaker or to lock the shutters in the closed position. The optional shutter assembly (catalog number S48933 ) consists of shutter and padlock provision. Door Escutcheon (CDP) The door escutcheon (catalog number S33857 ) provides a frame and seal for the circuit breaker. Transparent Cover for Door Escutcheon (CCP) (P-Frame Only) The door escutcheon cover (catalog number S33859) is hinge-mounted and is designed to be installed on the door escutcheon for the P-frame drawout circuit breaker. 94 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Wiring Diagrams Figure 7: Terminal Layout for Push-In Connector Installation CD2 824 822 821 CD1 814 812 811 Com UC1 UC2 E5 E6 Z5 M1 M2 M3 E3 E4 Z3 Z4 T3 T4 E1 E2 Z1 Z2 T1 T2 UC3 F2+ VN F1- UC4 V3 V2 V1 M6C CAF2 CAF1 SDE MN/MX SD CAO2 CAO1 84 D2/C12 94 524 514 Q3 544 534 512 82 92 522 542 532 Q2 C13 81 D1/C11 91 521 511 Q1 541 531 OF3 OF2 OF1 34 24 14 32 22 12 31 21 11 CE3 334 332 331 CE2 324 322 321 CE1 314 312 311 CT1 914 912 911 Connector Recommended Wire Size E1–E2 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or twisted pair copper wires 2 pairs E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 22 AWG (0.3 mm ) shielded twisted with drain (Belden 8723 or equal)3 Function Connector Description Auxiliary Contacts Rotary Handle Contacts Cradle Contacts Remote Operation OF Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position contacts Z1–Z5 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) V1, V2, V3, Vn 22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2) T 22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable OF, SD, SDE 18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2) MN, MX 18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2) F Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply Trip Unit Type Basic A P H Connector Description — X X X Com: E1-E6 Communication — X X X UC1: Z CAO Early break contact CAF Early make contact Z1 = ZSI OUT signal CD Disconnected position contacts Z2 = ZSI OUT CE Connected position contacts Z3 = ZSI IN signal CT Test position contacts Z4 = ZSI IN short time SDE Electrical fault alarm contact Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault SD Alarm contact — X X X UC1: M1 Modified differential ground fault (MDGF) MN Undervoltage trip device — X X X UC2: T External neutral MX1 Shunt trip — X X X UC2: M Modified differential ground fault (MDGF) — X X X UC3: F 24 Vdc external power supply (F1 -, F2 +) — — X X UC3: Vn External neutral plug — — X X UC4 External phase voltage sensing — — X X M6C Six programmable contacts 1 When networked MXF coils are used, terminal C3 must be connected to line even if the communication module is not installed. Zone-selective Interlocking 95 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories Wiring Diagrams for Auxiliary Connections Remote Operation Trip Unit 914 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z1 Z3 812 314 Downstream M1 M2 M3 T1 T2 T3 T4 F1F2+ B T1 T2 T3 T4 D 24 V MN OF Microswitches connected to SDE BCM SD C13 C12 D2 Shield Out Out + In In + MX or C11 * +24 Vdc +24 Vdc Common Common D1 Trip Unit 311 CT CD CE Cradle Communication Module (CCM) Previous Circuit Breaker Q1 Q2 Q3 * * 811 911 CE1 MODBUS VN V1 V2 V3 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 M6C A C CD1 CT1 24 Vdc Common Out Out + In In + Upstream N A B C E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 Power Next Circuit Breaker Figure 8: Circuit Breaker Communications Module (BCM) NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in tripped position. A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected. B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4. C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it. D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules. E–For proper wiring of the FDM, refer to user guide 5100512864A-02. CE3 CE2 CE1 912 Test Position CT1 911 811 821 511 521 531 541 91 81 11 21 CD2 CD1 31 914 822 824 Disconnected 812 814 CAO1 311 CAO2 512 514 522 524 532 534 CAF1 321 CAF2 Open Closed 542 544 Fault SD 331 SDE 92 94 82 84 Fault Closed Open 32 34 22 24 12 14 OF3 OF2 OF1 332 Connected 334 322 324 312 314 Cell Switches Auxiliary Contacts 96 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Dimensions for M-Frame Circuit Breakers Figure 9: M-Frame Individually-Mounted Circuit Breaker Enclosure Mounting Holes and Door Cutouts Dimensions: in. [mm] 97 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 10: M-Frame Individually-Mounted 3P 800 A Circuit Breaker with Lugs on Both Ends Dimensions: in. [mm] 98 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 11: M-Frame Individually-Mounted 3P 800 A Circuit Breaker without Lugs Partial View B (opposite side) Partial View A (opposite side) Dimensions: in. [mm] 99 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Dimensions for P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers Table 99: Enclosure Dimensions Circuit Breaker Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Ventilation Area in. mm Top Circuit Breaker Rating Bottom ≤ 800 A, 100% rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75 1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9 – – – ≤ 1200 A, standard rated 51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75 1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9 – – – – > 800 A, 100% rated 62.25 x 23 x 14.75 1581.2 x 584.2 x 374.7 16.5 in.2 10,645 mm2 16.5 in.2 10,645 mm2 P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Circuit Breaker Enclosure Mounting Holes and Door Cutouts 4.69 [119,0] 7.87 [200,0] 8.50 [216,0] 0.31 [8,0] 7.64 [194,0] 7.83 [199,0] Handle Cutout Accessory Cover Cutout (Toggle Mech Only) 2.52 [64,0] 4X Ø 0.26 [6,5] 5.67 [144,0] 7.87 [200,0] 4X Ø 0.26 [6,5] 10.47 [266,0] 2.52 [64,0] 2.80 [71,0] 0.10 [2,5] 7.83 [199,0] 1.30 [33,0] 4X Ø 0.26 [6,5] 7.87 [200,0] 3.01 [76,5] 4X Ø 0.26 [6,5] 7.87 [200,0] Figure 12: – 7.83 [199,0] 9.61 [244,0] 4.76 [121,0] 7.83 [199,0] 0.89 [22,5] 1.54 [39,0] Handle Escutcheon Cutout (Toggle Mech Only) Accessory Cover Escutcheon Cutout Dimensions: in. [mm] 100 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings 48096-320-01 Off Tripped 7.40 [188,0] 2.56 [64,9] 2.50 2.49 12.86 [63,6] [63,3] [326,6] 3.84 [97,6] 12.86 [326,6] 2.50 2.49 [63,6] [63,3] 48096-353-01 0.26 [6,5] 0.43 [11,0] 4.23 [107,5] At Max 5.77 [146,5] Off Tripped 7.40 [188,0] 2.56 [64,9] 7.87 [200,0] 0.30 [7,5] 0.49 [12,5] 5° Dimensions: in. [mm] P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 8.07 [205,0] On 0.22 [5,5] Top View Back View Figure 14: 4.45 [113,0] 25 ° 28 ° 3.92 [99,5] 7.83 [199,0] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 8.27 [210,0] Side View 8.27 [210,0] 0.26 [6,5] 0.43 [11,0] 4.23 [107,5] At Max 3.84 [97,6] On 4.45 [113,0] 25° 28° 5° 0.30 [7,5] 0.49 [12,5] 8.07 [205,0] 5.77 [146,5] 8.27 [210,0] P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 7.87 [200,0] Figure 13: 2.76 [70,0] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 11.02 [280,0] 3.92 [99,5] 10.59 [269,0] Back View Top View Side View 0.22 [5,5] Dimensions: in. [mm] 101 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings 8.27 [210,0] P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker > 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 48096-321-01 Figure 15: 4.45 [113,0] 25° 28° On 7.40 [188,0] 2.56 [64,9] Off Tripped 5° 0.26 [6,5] 0.43 [11,0] 5.77 [146,5] 4.23 [107,5] 3.84 [97,6] 16.26 [413,0] 2.50 [63,6] 8.07 [205,0] At Max 4.00 [101,5] 7.87 [200,0] 0.30 [7,5] 0.49 [12,5] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 8.27 [210,0] 4.19 [106,5] 3.92 [99,5] 7.83 [199,0] Top View Back View Side View 0.30 [7,5] 0.49 [12,5] 4.45 [113,0] 28 ° On P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker > 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 48096-354-01 8.27 [210,0] 25 ° 7.40 [188,0] 2.56 [64,9] Off Tripped 5° At Max 2.50 [63,6] 4.19 [106,5] 0.26 [6,5] 0.43 [11,0] 8.07 [205,0] 5.77 [146,5] 4.23 [107,5] 3.84 [97,6] 4.00 [101,5] 16.26 [413,0] Dimensions: in. [mm] 7.87 [200,0] Figure 16: 0.22 [5,5] 2.76 [70,0] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 11.02 [280,0] Back View Side View 3.92 [99,5] 10.59 [269,0] 0.22 [5,5] Top View Dimensions: in. [mm] 102 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 17: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker without Lugs Dimensions: in. [mm] 103 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 18: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker without Lugs Dimensions: in. [mm] 104 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 8.27 [210,0] 7.40 [188,0] 2.66 0.43 [67,6] [11,0] 6.91 [175,5] 4.23 [107,5] 7.17 [182,0] 0.30 [7,5] 7.87 [200,0] 2.30 [58,3] 48096-348-01 Figure 19: 2.49 [63,3] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 12.86 [326,6] 3.92 [99,5] 7.83 [199,0] 8.27 [210,0] Side View Back View Top View in. [mm] Dimensions: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 48096-356-01 Figure 20: 0.22 [5,5] 7.40 8.27 [210,0] 2.30 [58,3] [188,0] Side View 0.43 [11,0] 4.23 [107,5] 6.91 [175,5] 7.17 [182,0] 2.49 [63,3] 12.86 [326,6] 2.66 [67,6] 7.87 [200,0] 0.30 [7,5] 3.92 [99,5] 2.76 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] [70,0] 0.22 [5,5] 10.59 [269,0] 11.02 [280,0] Top View Back View Dimensions: in. [mm] 105 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P Circuit Breaker > 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 48096-249-01 Figure 21: 7.41 [188,0] [210,0] 4.00 2.66 [67,6] 0.30 [101,5] 0.43 [11,0] 7.87 [200,0] 8.27 7.17 [182,0] 6.91 [175,5] 4.23 [107,5] [7,5] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 8.27 [210,0] 4.19 [106,5] 16.26 [413,0] 3.92 [99,5] 7.83 [199,0] Top View 7.41 [188,0] 8.27 [210,0] 4.00 48096-357-01 P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P Circuit Breaker > 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends 2.66 [67,6] 0.30 0.43 [11,0] 4.19 [106,5] 16.26 [413,0] 4.23 [107,5] 6.91 [175,5] 7.17 [182,0] [7,5] 7.87 [200,0] Figure 22: [101,5] Dimensions: in. [mm] Back View Side View 2.76 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] [70,0] 11.02 [280,0] 10.59 [269,0] 3.92 [99,5] Top View Side View 0.22 [5,5] Back View 0.22 [5,5] Dimensions: in. [mm] 106 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 23: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P Circuit Breaker without Lugs 48096-352-1 1.73 [44,0] 0.37 [9,5] .43 Ø0 1,0] [1 0.67 [17,0] 0.21 [5,3] 0.41 [10,5] 7.87 [200,0] 0.72 [18,3] 10.16 [258,0] 0.36 [9,1] 1.14 [29,0] 0.59 [15,0] 1.40 [35,5] 0.98 [25,0] 3.92 [99,5] A 7.83 [199,0] Partial View A (far side) scale1/1 Top View 7.40 [188,0] 8.27 [210,0] 2.66 [67,6] 4.23 [107,5] 7.17 [182,0] 12.86 [326,6] 6.91 [175,5] 0.30 [7,5] 2.30 [58,3] 0.22 [5,5] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 8.27 [210,0] 2.49 [63,3] Side View Back View Dimensions: in. [mm] 107 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 24: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P Circuit Breaker without Lugs 48096-359-01 1.73 [44,0] 0.37 [9,5] 0.98 [25,0] .43 Ø0 ,0] [11 0.21 [5,3] 0.41 [10,5] 0.67 [17,0] 7.87 [200,0] 10.16 [258,0] 0.72 [18,3] 0.36 [9,1] 1.14 [29,0] 0.59 [15,0] 1.40 [35,5] Top View 7.40 [188,0] 2.66 [67,6] 7.17 [182,0] 6.91 [175,5] 4.23 [107,5] 0.30 [7,5] 12.86 [326,6] 0.22 [5,5] 10.59 [269,0] Partial View A (far side) scale1/1 8.27 [210,0] 2.30 [58,3] 3.92 [99,5] A 2.76 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] [70,0] 11.02 [280,0] 2.49 [63,3] Side View Back View Dimensions: in. [mm] 108 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings 48096-351-01 P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker with Rotary Handle 1.40 [35,5] 1.73 [44,0] 0.37 [9,5] 0.98 [25,0] 0.99 [25,1] 43 Ø0. ,0] 1 [ 1 0.67 [17,0] 0.21 [5,3] 0.41 [10,5] 0.59 [15,0] 0.72 [18,3] 1.14 [29,0] 0.36 [9,1] 1 Ø6.3 0,2] [16 10.16 [258,0] 7.87 [200,0] 4.88 [124,1] Figure 25: Partial View A (far side) scale 1/1 0.98 [25,0] A 3.92 [99,5] 7.83 [199,0] Top View 7.40 [188,0] 4.87 [123,6] 8.27 [210,0] 7.68 [195,0] 0.30 [7,5] 0.26 [6,5] 6.32 [160,5] 4.23 [107,5] 2.11 [53,5] 1.86 [47,2] 7.46 [189,5] 0.43 [11,0] 9.04 [229,5] 2.30 [58,3] 0.22 [5,5] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 2.49 [63,3] 12.86 [326,6] 8.27 [210,0] Side View Back View Dimensions: in. [mm] 109 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker with Rotary Handle 48096-358-01 Figure 26: 1.73 [44,0] 0.37 [9,5] 0.98 [25,0] 0.99 [25,1] 43 Ø0. 0] , [11 1 Ø6.3 0,2] [16 0.67 [17,0] 0.21 [5,3] 0.41 [10,5] 0.59 [15,0] Partial View A (far side) scale 1/1 7.87 [200,0] 4.88 [124,1] 0.72 [18,3] 10.16 [258,0] [9,1] 1.14 [29,0] 0.36 1.40 [35,5] 0.98 [25,0] 3.92 [99,5] 10.59 [269,0] Top View A 7.40 [188,0] 4.87 [123,6] 8.27 [210,0] 7.68 [195,0] 0.30 [7,5] 0.26 [6,5] 4.23 [107,5] 2.11 [53,5] 1.86 [47,2] 6.32 [160,5] 0.43 [11,0] 9.04 [229,5] 7.46 [189,5] 2.30 [58,3] 0.22 [5,5] 2.76 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] [70,0] 2.49 [63,3] 12.86 [326,6] 11.02 [280,0] Side View Back View Dimensions: in. [mm] Figure 27: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 3P Drawout Circuit Breaker Door Cutout Dimensions: in. [mm] 110 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 28: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 4P Drawout Circuit Breaker Door Cutout Dimensions: in. [mm] Figure 29: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 3P Drawout Circuit Breaker Rear Cutout t Dimensions: in. [mm] 111 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 30: P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 4P Drawout Circuit Breaker Rear Cutout t Dimensions: in. [mm] Figure 31: P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Connectors Dimensions: in. [mm] 112 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 32: P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Connectors Dimensions: in. [mm] 113 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Connectors 3.54 Y 3.54 [90,0] [90,0] 0.98 [25,0] 48096-368-01 Figure 33: 3.94 [100,0] Z Ø0 [8, .33 5] Top View Z .43 Ø0 1,0] [1 13.23 [336,0] 6.89 Min [175,0] 2.64 [67,0] X 0.49 [12,5] 5.55 [141,0] X 4.84 [123,0] 0.59 [15,0] 2.95 [75,0] 5.91 [150,0] 6.73 [171,0] 7.83 [199,0] Y 6.34 5.04 [161,0] [128,0] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 9.09 [231,0] 9.25 [235,0] 0.98 [25,0] 1.73 [44,0] 0.87 [22,0] Side View Back View 1.79 [45,5] Dimensions: in. [mm] 114 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF) Connectors 3.54 [90,0] Y 6.30 [160,0] 0.98 [25,0] 48096-371-01 Figure 34: 3.94 [100,0] Z Ø0 [8, .33 5] Z Top View Y 13.23 [336,0] X 4.84 [123,0] 5.51 [140,0] X 2.64 [67,0] 0.59 [15,0] 2.95 [25,0] 5.91 [100,0] 7.83 [199,0] 6.73 [171,0] 2.76 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] [70,0] 6.89 Min [175,0] 0.98 [25,0] 1.73 [44,0] 7.80 [198,0] 0.87 [22,0] 6.34 [161,0] 9.09 [231,0] 9.25 [235,0] 0.49 [12,5] .43 ] Ø011,0 [ Back View Side View 1.79 [45,5] Dimensions: in. [mm] 115 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 35: P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical (RCTV) Connectors Dimensions: in. [mm] 116 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 36: P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical (RCTV) Connectors Dimensions: in. [mm] 117 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical (RCTV) Connectors 3.54 Y 3.54 [90,0] [90,0] 0.98 [25,0] 48096-366-01 Figure 37: 3.94 [100,0] Z Ø0 [8, .33 5] 0.59 [15,0] Z Top View 0.51 [13,0] 4.49 [114,0] 1.73 [44,0] 8.98 [228,0] 5.04 [128,0] X 0.51 [13,0] 0.98 [25,0] 5.91 [150,0] 4.84 [123,0] 0.87 [22,0] Ø [110.43 ,0] 6.34 [161,0] 2.64 [67,0] 1.97 [50,0] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 9.09 [231,0] 10.55 [268,0] Side View Back View 6.89 Min [175,0] 1.81 [46,0] Dimensions: in. [mm] 118 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings 3.54 Y [90,0] 6.30 [160,0] Z 0.98 [25,0] NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical (RCTV) Connectors 3.94 [100,0] 48096-369-01 Figure 38: Ø0 [8, .33 5] Z 0.59 [15,0] Top View Ø 0.4 3 1.93 [49,0] ,0] [11 2.76 Y 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] [70,0] 6.89 Min [175,0] 2.64 [67,0] 7.80 [198,0] Back View X 0.98 [25,0] 6.34 [161,0] 1.73 [44,0] 4.84 [123,0] X 8.98 [228,0] 4.49 [114,0] 5.91 [150,0] 7.83 [199,0] 0.87 [22,0] 0.49 [12,5] 9.09 [231,0] 10.53 [267,0] Side View 1.79 [45,5] Dimensions: in. [mm] 119 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 39: P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors Dimensions: in. [mm] 120 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 40: P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors Dimensions: in. [mm] 121 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors 3.54 [90,0] 3.54 [90,0] 0.98 [25,0] Z 3.94 [100,0] 48096-367-01 Figure 41: 0.51 [13,0] Ø0 . [8,5 33 ] .43 Ø0 ,0] 0.87 1 1 [ [22,0] 0.98 [25,0] 1.73 [44,0] Z Top View 6.89 Min [175,0] 2.64 [67,0] 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] 6.34 [161,0] Y X 4.49 [114,0] 4.84 [123,0] X 8.98 [228,0] 2.95 [75,0] 5.91 [150,0] 7.83 [199,0] 0.59 [15,0] 1.93 [49,0] 9.09 [231,0] 5.04 [128,0] 1.79 [45,5] 10.55 [268,0] Back View Side View Dimensions: in. [mm] 122 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors 3.54 [90,0] 6.30 [160,0] 0.98 [25,0] 48096-370-01 Figure 42: 3.94 [100,0] Z 0.49 [12,5] Ø0 [8,5.33 ] 0.87 [22,0] Top View 0.98 [25,0] 1.73 [44,0] Ø [110.43 ,0] Z 1.93 [49,0] 6.34 [161,0] 7.80 [198,0] X 4.49 [114,0] 8.98 [228,0] 2.95 [75,0] 5.91 [150,0] 7.83 [199,0] 4.84 [123,0] X 9.09 [231,0] 10.53 [267,5] Back View Figure 43: 2.64 [67,0] 0.59 [15,0] 2.76 Y 2.76 2.76 [70,0] [70,0] [70,0] 6.89 Min [175,0] Side View 1.79 [45,5] Dimensions: in. [mm] P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 100–1600 A External Neutral Current Transformers Dimensions: in. [mm] 123 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Dimensions for R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Figure 44: R-Frame Individually-Mounted UL Listed 3P Circuit Breaker Minimum Enclosure Size 30 x 21 x 7 (762 x 533 x 178) Minimum Ventilation (100% Rated Circuit Breakers Only): 40.25 in.2 (250 cm2) on top and bottom of enclosure "A" 0.50 in. [12.8 mm] 0.63 in. [16 mm] 0.79 in. [20 mm] 0.79 in. [20 mm] See Table Circuit Breaker 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A Dimensions: in. [mm] 124 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings R-Frame Individually-Mounted UL Listed 4P Circuit Breaker 4.53 [115.0] 4.53 [115.0] 0.88 [22.2] 1.75 [44.5] 0.62 [15.7] 1.75 [44.5] 0.62 [15.8] 4.53 [115.0] Circuit Breaker 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A Ø0.43 [11,0] 5.91 [150,0] 15.00 [381.1] 4.55 [115.5] 48096-450-01 Figure 45: "A" 0.50 in. [12.8 mm] 0.63 in. [16.0 mm] 0.79 in. [20.0 mm] 0.79 in. [20.0 mm] 57 Ø0. 5] 4. [Ø1 0.49 [12,6] 25 ˚ Of f At Max .72 [18,3] "A" 0.24 [6,0] 7.68 [195,0] 0.59 [15,0] Top View 13.38 [339,8] 5.50 [139,6] Han R6.42 Fo dle ld [163,0] ed 0.27 [6,9] 0.43 [11,0] Handle 8.75 Folded [222,3] 6.63 [168,5] 5.19 [131,8] n 28˚ O 9. [24 79 8,8 ] 4.70 [119,3] 4˚ Trippe d 1.18 [30,0] 0.30 [7,5] 19.88 [505,0] At Max See Table 8.27 [210,0] 4.45 [113,0] Handle 14.49 Extended [368,0] 2.99 [76.0] 1.52 [38,6] Side View Back View Dimensions: in. [mm] 125 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings 0.59 [15,0] NS1600b–NS3200 Individually-Mounted IEC Rated, 3P Circuit Breaker 0.98 [25,0] 1.97 [50,0] 2.99 [76,0] 0.51 [13,0] 2.95 [75,0] 48096-209-01 Figure 46: 11.81 [300,0] 5.91 [150,0] Ø0 . [11 43 ,0] 9 Ø0.4 ] [12,5 4.53 [115,0] 4.53 [115,0] 15.35 [390,0] 0.59 [15,0] 7.68 [195,0] Top View 5.50 [139,6] R 6.4 Handle 2 [163,0 Folded ] 0.27 [6,9] At Max 0.43 [11,0] 5.19 [131,8] 9 [24 .79 8,8 ] Of f 0.79 [20,0] 0.72 [18,3] 4.70 [119,3] 0.24 [6,0] At Max 6.63 [168,5] 25 ° 13.38 [339,8] Handle 14.49 Extended [368,0] Handle 8.75 Folded [222,3] 1.18 [30,0] 0.30 [7,5] 8.27 [210,0] 4.45 0.49 [113,0] [12,6] 4° Tripp ed n O ° 28 1.52 [38,6] Side View Back View Dimensions: in. [mm] 126 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings NS1600b–NS3200 Individually-Mounted IEC Rated 4P Circuit Breaker 1.97 [50,0] 0.98 [25,0] 2.99 [76,0] 0.51 [13,0] Ø0.43 [11,0] 5.91 [150,0] 11.81 [300,0] 2.95 [75,0] 0.59 [15,0] 48096-245-01 Figure 47: 4.53 [115,0] 4.53 [115,0] 0.49 [12,6] At Max 4° Trippe d 25 ° Off At Max 9. [24 79 8,8 ] 1.18 [30,0] 0.30 [7,5] n 28° O 4.70 [119,3] .72 [18,3] 0.79 [20,0] 0.24 [6,0] Ø0.49 [12,5] 0.59 [15,0] Top View 13.38 [339,8] 5.50 [139,6] Han R6.42 Fo dle ld [163,0] ed 0.27 [6,9] 0.43 [11,0] Handle 8.75 Folded [222,3] 6.63 [168,5] 5.19 [131,8] 8.27 [210,0] 4.45 [113,0] Handle 14.49 Extended [368,0] 19.88 [505,0] 4.53 [115,0] 7.68 [195,0] 1.52 [38,6] Side View Back View Dimensions: in. [mm] 127 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 48: R-Frame RLTB 3P Terminal Pad (UL) 0.62 [15,9] 5.91 [150,0] 4.55 [115,5] 15.35 [390,0] 4.53 [115,0] 2.11 [53,6] 9.40 [238,9] 0.79 [20,0] 18.16 [461,2] Top View 2.50 [63,5] 5.00 [127,0] 7.05 [178,9] 3.50 [88,9] 4.53 [115,0] 3.50 [88,9] 4.53 [115,0] 3.50 [88,9] 0.72 [18,3] 20.99 [533,2] Side View Back View Dimensions: in. [mm] 128 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 49: R-Frame RL3TB 3P Terminal Pad (UL) Dimensions: in. [mm] 129 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 50: R-Frame RLTB 4P Terminal Pad (UL) 0.62 [15,9] 5.91 [150,0] 4.55 [115,5] 19.88 [505,0] 4.53 [115,0] 2.11 [53,6] 9.40 [238,9] 0.79 [20,0] 18.16 [461,2] Top View 2.50 [63,5] 5.00 [127,0] 7.05 [178,9] 3.50 [88,9] 4.53 [115,0] 3.50 [88,9] Side View 4.53 [115,0] 29.02 [737,1] 3.50 [88,9] Back View 4.53 [115,0] 3.50 [88,9] 0.72 [18,3] Dimensions: in. [mm] 130 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 51: R-Frame RL3TB 4P Terminal Pad (UL) Dimensions: in. [mm] 131 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings NS1600b–NS3200 RLTBE Terminal Pad (IEC) 19.88 4 Pole [505,0] 15.35 3 Pole [390,0] 0.98 [25,0] 1.97 [50,0] 0.51 [13,0] 5.91 [150,0] 2.95 [75,0] 0.59 [15,0] Figure 52: 1.38 3.15 [80,0] 2.17 [55,0] Top View 1.05 [26,7] 0.72 [18,3] 10.39 [264,0] [35,0] 4.92 [125,0] M 10 2.46 [62,5] Side View 2.95 [75,0] 3.94 [100,0] 0.49 [12,5] 0.98 [25,0] 1.97 [50,0] 4.53 [115,0] 0.39 TYP [10,0] 6.10 [155,0] 0.39 TYP [10,0] Back View 4.53 [115,0] Dimensions: in. [mm] 132 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Enclosure Mounting Holes and Door Cutouts 15.35 3-pole [390,0] 19.88 4-pole [505,0] 1.30 [33,0] 13.62 [346,0] 15.35 3-pole [390,0] 19.88 4-pole [505,0] 4x Ø0.43 [11,0] 4.69 [119,0] 5.91 [150,0] 8.50 [216,0] 4x Ø0.43 [11,0] 5.91 [150,0] Figure 53: 0.87 [22,0] Accessory Cover Cutout 0.80 [20,4] 15.35 3-pole [390,0] 2.30 [58,5] Handle Cutout 0.14 [3,5] 15.63 [397,0] Dimensions: in. [mm] Accessory Cover Escutcheon Cutout Figure 54: 4.80 [122,0] 10.51 [267,0] 5.91 [150,0] 4x Ø0.43 [11,0] 5.75 [146,0] R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 100–1600 A External Neutral Current Transformers Dimensions: in. [mm] 133 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 10—Dimensional Drawings Figure 55: R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 2000 A External Neutral Current Transformers Dimensions: Figure 56: in. [mm] R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 2500–3200 A External Neutral Current Transformers 0.56 [14] Dimensions: in. [mm] 134 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Section 11—Trip Curves Basic Electronic Trip Unit ET 1.0I, M-Frame 800 A Characteristic Trip Curve ELECTRONIC TRIP 1.0 10000 80 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 1000 900 800 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 100 90 80 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 30 20 20 15 15 10 10 9 8 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5X TIME IN SECONDS 90 100 50 60 70 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 5 6 7 3 4 2 1.5 .9 1 .8 .5 .6 .7 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 4 4 3 CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-14 Long-Time Pickup and Delay Instantaneous Pickup and Delay 2x – 10x The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C ambient temperature. Notes: 1. There is a memory effect that can act to shorten the long-time delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the long-time delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately 20 minutes is required between overloads to completely reset memory. 2. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of the current. 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 Instantaneous Pickup x In 1 .9 1 .9 .8 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 10 x 8x 6x 4x .1 .09 .08 3x .2 .15 2x .2 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 70 80 90 100 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 7 9 10 5 6 3 .005 4 .006 .005 2 .007 .006 1.5 .01 .009 .008 .007 .9 1 .01 .009 .008 .8 .015 .5 .015 .6 .03 .02 .7 .03 .02 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 135 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0I P- and R-Frame Characteristic Trip Curve 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 LONG-TIME PICKUP 5000 Long-Time Pickup and Fixed Delay Instantaneous Pickup 1.5 x to 12 x 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-12 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. Instantaneous override values are given on page 146. Notes: LONG-TIME DELAY 70 60 70 60 50 50 40 40 30 30 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 TIME IN SECONDS Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0I 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 6 6 5x 5 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act to shorten the long-time delay. The thermalimaging effect comes into play if a current above the long-time delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately 20 minutes is required between over.oads to completely reset thermal-imaging. 2. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of current. 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 10 x 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 1.5 x 2x 3x 4x 6x 8x 12 x .2 .2 .15 .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 136 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Micrologic 2.0A NS630b–NS3200 Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 Long-Time Pickup and Delay Short-Time Pickup with No Delay 4000 4000 LONG-TIME PICKUP x In = Ir 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 24 16 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 20 70 70 12 60 60 8 50 50 4 40 40 2 30 30 1 .5 20 20 24 15 15 16 10 9 8 10 9 8 LONG-TIME DELAY BANDS SECONDS AT 6 x Ir 7 TIME IN SECONDS Micrologic 2.0A Trip Unit 6 7 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-9 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. Notes: 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-imaging effect comes into play if a current above the long-time delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately twenty minutes is required between overloads to completely reset thermal-imaging. 2. The end of the curve is determined by the short-time setting. 3. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of current. 4. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%. 1.5 8 1 .9 .8 SHORT-TIME PICKUP x Ir .7 1 .9 .8 10 6 1.5 2 2.5 .7 .6 .6 4 .5 .5 3 .4 5 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .15 .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 Curve No. 0613TC0009 Drawing No. B48095-613-09 137 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Micrologic 3.0A P-Frame and R-Frame Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 LONG-TIME PICKUP x In = Ir 4000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 24 300 16 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 LONG-TIME DELAY SECONDS AT 6 x Ir 40 30 40 30 20 12 20 20 8 4 15 15 2 TIME IN SECONDS 24 1 10 9 8 Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-6 4000 3000 300 Long-Time Pickup and Delay 10 9 8 16 .5 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .15 .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. Notes: 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-imaging effect comes into play if a current above the long-time delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately twenty minutes is required between overloads to completely reset thermal-imaging. 2. The end of the curve is determined by the instantaneous setting of the circuit breaker. 3. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of current. 4. See trip curve 613-8 on page 139 for instantaneous pickup trip curve. .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 Curve No. 0613TC0006 Drawing No. B48095-613-06 138 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Micrologic 3.0A P-Frame and R-Frame Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .7 .8 .9 1 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 TIME IN SECONDS 100 90 80 5x 30 10 x 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 Instantaneous Pickup, 1.5X to 12X Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-8 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. Notes: 1. The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 2. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of current. 3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve shows maximum total clearing times. Actual clearing times in this region can vary depending on the circuit breaker mechanism design and other factors. The actual clearing time can be considerably faster than indicated. Contact your local sales office for additional information. 4. See trip curve 613-6 on page 138 for longtime pickup and delay trip curves. .2 1.5 x 2x 3x 4x 6x 8x 12 x .15 .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 Curve No. 0613TC0008 Drawing No. B48095-613-08 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 139 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve Micrologic 5.0/6.0 A/P/H Trip Units 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .7 .8 .9 1 .6 .5 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 Long-Time Pickup and Delay Short-Time Pickup and I2t OFF Delay 4000 4000 LONG-TIME PICKUP x In = Ir 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 24 16 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-4 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. Notes: 20 70 70 12 60 60 8 50 50 4 40 40 2 30 30 1 .5 20 20 24 15 15 16 10 9 8 TIME IN SECONDS 10 9 8 LONG-TIME DELAY BANDS SECONDS AT 6 x Ir 7 6 7 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 8 1 .9 .8 SHORT-TIME PICKUP x Ir .7 1.5 2 2.5 .6 1 .9 .8 SHORT-TIME DELAY I2t OFF (FIXED-TIME DELAY) SECONDS AT 10 x Ir 10 6 4 .7 .6 .5 .5 3 .4 5 0.4 OFF .3 .4 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act to shorten the long-time delay. The thermalimaging effect comes into play if a current above the long-time delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately twenty minutes is required between overloads to completely reset thermal-imaging. 2. The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 3. With zone-selective interlocking ON, shorttime delay utilized, and no restraining signal, the maximum unrestrained short-time delay time band applies regardless of the setting. 4. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of the current. 5. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous can be turned OFF. See trip curve 613-7 on page 142 for instantaneous trip curve. See table on page 146 for instantaneous override values. 6. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%. .3 0.3 OFF .2 .15 MAXIMUM UNRESTRAINED SHORT-TIME DELAY .2 0.2 OFF 0.1 OFF .1 .09 .08 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 0 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 Curve No. 0613TC0004 Drawing No. B48095-613-04 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 140 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units Characteristic Trip Curve Micrologic 5.0/6.0 A/P/H Trip Units 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 SHORT-TIME PICKUP x Ir 100 90 80 1.5 70 2 2.5 6 100 90 80 8 10 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 4 5 30 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 0.4 5 5 ON 4 3 4 3 ON 0.2 2 2 ON 0.1 TIME IN SECONDS 3 30 1.5 1.5 0.3 ON 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 Short-Time Pickup and I2t ON Delay Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-5 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. Notes: 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act to shorten the long-time delay. The thermalimaging effect comes into play if a current above the long-time delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately twenty minutes is required between overloads to completely reset thermal-imaging. 2. The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 3. With zone-selective interlocking ON, shorttime delay utilized, and no restraining signal, the maximum unrestrained short-time delay time band applies regardless of the setting. 4. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of current. 5. For withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous can be turned OFF. See trip curve 613-7 on page 142 for instantaneous trip curve. See table on page 146 for instantaneous override values. 6. See Trip Curve 613-4 on page 140 for longtime pickup and delay trip curve. .5 .5 0.4 ON .4 SHORT-TIME DELAY I2t ON SECONDS AT 10 x Ir .3 .3 0.3 ON MAXIMUM UNRESTRAINED SHORT-TIME DELAY .2 .15 .4 .2 0.2 ON 0.1 ON .1 .09 .08 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE .007 .007 .006 .006 .005 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .005 Curve No. 0613TC0005 Drawing No. B48095-613-05 CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In) 141 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units Characteristic Trip Curve 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 100 90 80 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 TIME IN SECONDS Micrologic 5.0/6.0 Trip Units 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 30 10 x 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 Instantaneous Pickup, 2X to 15X and OFF Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-7 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. Notes: 1. The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 2. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of current. 3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve shows maximum total clearing times. Actual clearing times in this region can vary depending on the circuit breaker mechanism design and other factors. The actual clearing time can be considerably faster than indicated. Contact your local sales office for additional information. 4. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous can be turned OFF. See trip curve 613-7 on page 142 for the instantaneous trip curve. See table on page 146 for the instantaneous override values. 5. See trip curve 613-4 on page 140 and trip curve 613-5 on page 141 for long-time pickup, long-time delay, short-time pickup and shorttime delay trip curves. .2 .2 2x .15 3x 4x 6x 8x 12 x 15 x .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 Curve No. 0613TC0007 Drawing No. B48095-613-07 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 142 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .08 .09 .1 .07 .06 .05 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 GROUND-FAULT PICKUP x In 150 Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON In ≤ 400 A Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-1 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. 150 100 90 80 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 30 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 20 20 15 15 0.4 10 9 8 TIME IN SECONDS Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup and Delay 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 0.6 0.8 1.0 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 0.4 1 .9 .8 DELAY SECONDS AT 1 x In 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.3 .6 ON .7 1 .9 .8 .7 .6 ON .3 0.4 OFF O 0.1 GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t ON .4 .5 ON 0.2 .5 .3 N 0.3 OFF MAXIMUM UNRESTRAINED GROUND-FAULT DELAY .2 .15 .4 .2 0.2 OFF 0.1 OFF .1 .09 .08 .07 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t OFF (FIXED DELAY) .04 .03 .04 .03 0 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .08 .09 .1 .005 .07 .006 .005 .06 .007 .006 .05 .007 Curve No. 0613TC0001 Drawing No. B48095-613-01 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 143 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .08 .09 .1 .07 .06 .05 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 400 A < In ≤ 1200 A 2000 2000 Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-2 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 60 Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. 100 90 80 GROUND-FAULT PICKUP x In 70 70 60 50 50 40 40 0.2 30 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 30 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 0.4 6 0.6 7 0.8 1.0 6 5 5 0.4 4 4 ON 3 3 0.2 2 2 ON TIME IN SECONDS Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup and Delay 10000 9000 8000 1.5 1.5 DELAY SECONDS AT 1 x In 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 1 .9 .8 .7 .6 1 .9 .8 .7 .6 .5 .5 0.3 .3 0.3 OFF ON 0.1 .2 .4 .3 MAXIMUM UNRESTRAINED GROUND-FAULT DELAY .15 0.4 OFF ON GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t ON .4 .2 0.2 OFF 0.1 OFF .1 .09 .08 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t OFF (FIXED DELAY) .04 .03 .04 .03 0 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .08 .09 .1 .005 .07 .006 .005 .06 .007 .006 .05 .007 Curve No. 0613TC0002 Drawing No. B48095-613-02 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 144 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .07 .08 .09 .1 .06 .05 AMPERES x 103 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 800 A 100 90 80 60 40 40 880 A 20 15 10 9 8 7 7 1040 A 10 9 8 6 5 720 A 6 5 4 3 3 2 2 1200 A TIME IN SECONDS 15 500 A 1.5 1.5 DELAY SECONDS AT 1 x In 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 1 .9 .8 ON 0.2 1 .9 .8 .7 .6 ON 0.4 OFF ON GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t ON 0.1 .3 .5 0.3 .5 .4 ON 0.3 OFF MAXIMUM UNRESTRAINED GROUND-FAULT DELAY .2 .15 Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. 50 20 .6 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. 60 30 .7 Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-3 70 30 4 In > 1200 A 100 90 80 640 A 50 Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON 150 960 A 70 GROUND-FAULT PICKUP x In 1120 A 150 Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup and Delay .4 .3 .2 0.2 OFF 0.1 OFF .1 .09 .08 .15 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 GROUND-FAULT DELAY BANDS I2t OFF (FIXED DELAY) .04 .03 .04 .03 0 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .15 .08 .09 .1 .005 .07 .006 .005 .06 .007 .006 .05 .007 Curve No. 0613TC0003 Drawing No. B48095-613-03 AMPERES x 103 145 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Table 100: Instantaneous Override Values Characteristic Trip Curve UL/IEC Circuit Breaker Instantaneous Override1 Instantaneous Override1 UL/IEC Circuit Breaker (kA RMS) (kA RMS) RG 600 57 ± 10% MG300 RG 800 57 ± 10% MG350 12 ± 15% RG 1000 57 ± 10% MG400 12 ± 15% RG 1200 57 ± 10% MG450 12 ± 15% RG 1600 57 ± 10% MG500 12 ± 15% RG 2000 57 ± 10% MG600 12 ± 15% RG 2500 57 ± 10% MG700 12 ± 15% RJ 600 48 ± 15% MG800 12 ± 15% RJ 800 48 ± 15% MJ300 12 ± 15% RJ 1000 48 ± 15% MJ350 12 ± 15% RJ 1200 48 ± 15% MJ400 12 ± 15% RJ 1600 48 ± 15% MJ450 12 ± 15% RJ 2000 48 ± 15% MJ500 12 ± 15% RJ 2500 48 ± 15% MJ600 12 ± 15% RK 600 57 ± 15% MJ700 12 ± 15% RK 800 57 ± 15% MJ800 12 ± 15% RK 1000 57 ± 15% RK 1200 57 ± 15% IEC Circuit Breaker Instantaneous Override1 (kA RMS) 12 ± 15% RK 1600 57 ± 15% RK 2000 57 ± 15% NS 630b H 24 ± 10% RK 2500 57 ± 15% NS 800 H 24 ± 10% RL 600 48 ± 15% NS 1000 H 24 ± 10% RL 800 48 ± 15% NS 1250 H 24 ± 10% RL 1000 48 ± 15% NS 1600 H 24 ± 10% RL 1200 48 ± 15% NS 1600b H 48 ± 15% RL 1600 48 ± 15% NS 2000 H 48 ± 15% RL 2000 48 ± 15% NS 2500 H 48 ± 15% RL 2500 48 ± 15% NS 3200 H 48 ± 15% PG 250 24 ± 10% NS 630b L 24 ± 10% PG 400 24 ± 10% NS 800 L 24 ± 10% PG 600 24 ± 10% NS 1000 L 24 ± 10% PG 800 24 ± 10% NS 630b N 24 ± 10% PG 1000 24 ± 10% NS 800 N 24 ± 10% PG 1200 24 ± 10% NS 1000 N 24 ± 10% PJ 250 7 ± 10% NS 1250 N 24 ± 10% PJ 400 10 ± 10% NS 1600 N 24 ± 10% PJ 600 10 ± 10% NS 1600b N 57 ± 10% PJ 800 10 ± 10% NS 2000 N 57 ± 10% PJ 1000 10 ± 10% NS 2500 N 57 ± 10% PJ 1200 10 ± 10% NS 3200 N 57 ± 10% PK 250 24 ± 10% PK 400 24 ± 10% PK 600 24 ± 10% PK 800 24 ± 10% PK 1000 24 ± 10% PK 1200 24 ± 10% PL 250 7 ± 10% PL 400 10 ± 10% PL 600 10 ± 10% PL 800 10 ± 10% PL 1000 10 ± 10% PL 1200 10 ± 10% 1 Faults at or above instantaneous override value will be cleared at 25 msec or less. 146 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M, P-Frame 600 A MDP Characteristic Trip Curve Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M, 600 A 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .7 .8 .9 1 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 100 90 80 70 60 8x 50 TIME IN SECONDS 100 90 80 INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 70 60 13.5 x 50 40 40 30 30 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 Instantaneous Pickup, 2X to 16X Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-13 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. Instantaneous override values are given on page 146. Notes: 1. The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 2. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of current. 3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve shows maximum total clearing times. Actual clearing times in this region can vary depending on the circuit breaker mechanism design and other factors. The actual clearing time can be considerably faster than indicated. Contact your local sales office for additional information. .3 .3 2.5 x .2 4x 2x 5.5 x 6.5 x 10.5 x .2 16 x .15 .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 147 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Section 11—Trip Curves Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M P-Frame 800–1200A MCP Characteristic Trip Curve 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .7 .6 .5 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 10000 9000 8000 10000 9000 8000 7000 7000 6000 6000 5000 5000 4000 4000 3000 3000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 700 700 600 600 500 500 400 400 300 300 200 200 150 150 INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP x In 100 90 80 70 70 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 TIME IN SECONDS 100 90 80 5x 30 10 x 20 20 15 15 10 9 8 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 .9 .8 1 .9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 Instantaneous Pickup, 1.5X to 12X Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-11 The time-current curve information is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ambient temperature. Instantaneous override values are given on page 146. Notes: 1. The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 2. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the circuit breaker opening, and the extinction of current. 3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve shows maximum total clearing times. Actual clearing times in this region can vary depending on the circuit breaker mechanism design and other factors. The actual clearing time can be considerably faster than indicated. Contact your local sales office for additional information. .2 1.5 x 2x 3x 4x 6x 8x 12 x .15 .15 .1 .09 .08 .1 .09 .08 .07 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 1 CYCLE .015 .015 .01 .009 .008 1 .01 .009 .008 2 CYCLE 80 90 100 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.5 .8 .9 1 .005 .7 .006 .005 .6 .007 .006 .5 .007 MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In) 148 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers Section 12—Catalog Numbers 685823 ............................. 81 685824 ............................. 81 685825 ............................. 81 685826 ............................. 81 685827 ............................. 81 685829 ............................. 81 AL1200P24K .................... 86 AL1200P24K .................... 90 AL1200P25K .................... 86 AL1200P6KU ................... 86 AL1200P7KU ................... 86 AL1200R53K ................... 86 AL1200R53K ................... 90 AL2500RK ....................... 86 AL800M23K ..................... 86 AL800P6K ........................ 86 AL800P7K ........................ 86 CU1200P24K ................... 87 CU1200P25K ................... 87 CU1200R53K ................... 87 CU250P1K ....................... 87 CU800M23K .................... 87 CYA1200R5 ..................... 87 CYA1200R7 ..................... 87 CYA400P5 ....................... 87 CYA600P5 ....................... 87 CYA800R7 ....................... 87 LCP48 .............................. 88 LHP48 .............................. 88 LHP8 ................................ 88 LS10 ................................ 88 LS8 .................................. 88 LW1 ................................. 88 LW4 ................................. 88 LW7 ................................. 88 MGA263002 ..................... 39 MGA263502 ..................... 39 MGA264002 ..................... 39 MGA264502 ..................... 39 MGA265002 ..................... 39 MGA266002 ..................... 39 MGA267002 ..................... 39 MGA268002 ..................... 39 MGA36300 ....................... 39 MGA36350 ....................... 39 MGA36400 ....................... 39 MGA36450 ....................... 39 MGA36500 ....................... 39 MGA36600 ....................... 39 MGA36700 ....................... 39 MGA36800 ....................... 39 MGL26300 ....................... 39 MGL26350 ....................... 39 MGL26400 ....................... 39 MGL26450 ....................... 39 MGL26500 ....................... 39 MGL26600 ....................... 39 MGL26700 ....................... 39 MGL26800 ....................... 39 MGL36300 ....................... 39 MGL36350 ....................... 39 MGL36400 ....................... 39 MGL36450 ....................... 39 MGL36500 ....................... 39 MGL36600 ....................... 39 MGL36700 ....................... 39 MGL36800 ....................... 39 MICROTUSEAL ............... 76 MJA263002 ...................... 39 MJA263502 ...................... 39 MJA264002 ...................... 39 MJA264502 ...................... 39 MJA265002 ...................... 39 MJA266002 ...................... 39 MJA267002 ...................... 39 MJA268002 ...................... 39 MJA36300 ........................ 39 MJA36350 ........................ 39 MJA36400 ........................ 39 MJA36450 ........................ 39 MJA36500 ........................ 39 MJA36600 ........................ 39 MJA36700 ........................ 39 MJA36800 ........................ 39 MJL26300 ........................ 39 MJL26350 ........................ 39 MJL26400 ........................ 39 MJL26450 ........................ 39 MJL26500 ........................ 39 MJL26600 ........................ 39 MJL26700 ........................ 39 MJL26800 ........................ 39 MJL36300 ........................ 39 MJL36350 ........................ 39 MJL36400 ........................ 39 MJL36450 ........................ 39 MJL36500 ........................ 39 MJL36600 ........................ 39 MJL36700 ........................ 39 MJL36800 ........................ 39 MPRPAF .......................... 90 MPRPAF .......................... 90 NCTWIRING .................... 77 NPHFE36160U32R ......... 63 NPHFE36160U33R ......... 63 NPHFE36160U42R ......... 63 NPHFE36160U43R ......... 63 NPHFE36160U44R ......... 63 NPHFE36160U63RE1 ..... 63 NPHFE36160U64RE1 ..... 63 NPHFE36160U73RE1 ..... 63 NPHFE36160U74RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36063U32R .......... 63 NPHLE36063U33R .......... 63 NPHLE36063U42R .......... 63 NPHLE36063U43R .......... 63 NPHLE36063U44R .......... 63 NPHLE36063U63RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36063U64RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36063U73RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36063U74RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36080U32R .......... 63 NPHLE36080U33R .......... 63 NPHLE36080U42R .......... 63 NPHLE36080U43R .......... 63 NPHLE36080U44R .......... 63 NPHLE36080U63RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36080U64RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36080U73RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36080U74RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36100U32R .......... 63 NPHLE36100U33R .......... 63 NPHLE36100U42R .......... 63 NPHLE36100U43R .......... 63 NPHLE36100U44R .......... 63 NPHLE36100U63RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36100U64RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36100U73RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36100U74RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36125U32R .......... 63 NPHLE36125U42R .......... 63 NPHLE36125U43R .......... 63 NPHLE36125U44R .......... 63 NPHLE36125U63RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36125U64RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36125U73RE1 ..... 63 NPHLE36125U74RE1 ..... 63 NPLLE34063U32R .......... 63 NPLLE34063U33R .......... 63 NPLLE34063U42R .......... 63 NPLLE34063U43R .......... 63 NPLLE34063U44R .......... 63 NPLLE34063U63RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34063U64RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34063U73RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34063U74RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34080U32R .......... 63 NPLLE34080U33R .......... 63 NPLLE34080U42R .......... 63 NPLLE34080U43R .......... 63 NPLLE34080U44R .......... 63 NPLLE34080U63RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34080U64RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34080U73RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34080U74RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34100U32R .......... 63 NPLLE34100U33R .......... 63 NPLLE34100U42R .......... 63 NPLLE34100U43R .......... 63 NPLLE34100U44R .......... 63 NPLLE34100U63RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34100U64RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34100U73RE1 ...... 63 NPLLE34100U74RE1 ...... 63 NPNFE36160U32R ......... 63 NPNFE36160U33R ......... 63 NPNFE36160U42R ......... 63 NPNFE36160U43R ......... 63 NPNFE36160U44R ......... 63 NPNFE36160U63RE1 ..... 63 NPNFE36160U64RE1 ..... 63 NPNFE36160U73RE1 ..... 63 NPNFE36160U74RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36063U32R .......... 63 NPNLE36063U33R .......... 63 NPNLE36063U42R .......... 63 NPNLE36063U43R .......... 63 NPNLE36063U44R .......... 63 NPNLE36063U63RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36063U64RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36063U73RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36063U74RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36080U32R .......... 63 NPNLE36080U33R .......... 63 NPNLE36080U42R .......... 63 NPNLE36080U43R .......... 63 NPNLE36080U44R .......... 63 NPNLE36080U63RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36080U64RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36080U73RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36080U74RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36100U32R .......... 63 NPNLE36100U33R .......... 63 NPNLE36100U42R .......... 63 NPNLE36100U43R .......... 63 NPNLE36100U44R .......... 63 NPNLE36100U63RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36100U64RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36100U73RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36100U74RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36125U32R .......... 63 NPNLE36125U33R .......... 63 NPNLE36125U42R .......... 63 NPNLE36125U43R .......... 63 NPNLE36125U44R .......... 63 NPNLE36125U63RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36125U64RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36125U73RE1 ..... 63 NPNLE36125U74RE1 ..... 63 NPRLE34063U32R .......... 63 NPRLE34063U33R .......... 63 NPRLE34063U42R .......... 63 NPRLE34063U43R .......... 63 NPRLE34063U44R .......... 63 NPRLE34063U63RE1 ..... 63 NPRLE34063U64RE1 ..... 63 NPRLE34063U73RE1 ..... 63 NPRLE34063U74RE1 ..... 63 NPRLE34080U32R .......... 63 NPRLE34080U33R .......... 63 NPRLE34080U42R .......... 63 NPRLE34080U43R .......... 63 NPRLE34080U44R .......... 63 NPRLE34080U63RE1 ..... 63 NPRLE34080U64RE1 ..... 63 NPRLE34080U73RE1 ..... 63 NPRLE34080U74RE1 ..... 63 NRHFE36160U32R ......... 67 NRHFE36160U33R ......... 67 NRHFE36160U42R ......... 67 NRHFE36160U43R ......... 67 NRHFE36160U44R ......... 67 NRHFE36160U63RE1 ..... 67 NRHFE36160U64RE1 ..... 67 NRHFE36200U32R ......... 67 NRHFE36200U33R ......... 67 NRHFE36200U42R ......... 67 NRHFE36200U43R ......... 67 NRHFE36200U44R ......... 67 NRHFE36200U63RE1 ..... 67 NRHFE36200U64RE1 ..... 67 NRHFE36250U32R ......... 67 NRHFE36250U33R ......... 67 NRHFE36250U42R ......... 67 NRHFE36250U43R ......... 67 NRHFE36250U63RE1 ..... 67 NRHFE36250U64RE1 ..... 67 NRHFE36320U32R ......... 67 NRHFE36320U33R ......... 67 NRHFE36320U42R ......... 67 NRHFE36320U43R ......... 67 NRHFE36320U44R ......... 67 NRHFE36320U63RE1 ..... 67 NRHFE36320U64RE1 ..... 67 NRHLFE36250U44R ....... 67 NRNFE36160U32R ......... 67 NRNFE36160U33R ......... 67 NRNFE36160U42R ......... 67 NRNFE36160U43R ......... 67 NRNFE36160U44R ......... 67 NRNFE36160U63RE1 ..... 67 NRNFE36160U64RE1 ..... 67 NRNFE36200U32R ......... 67 NRNFE36200U33R ......... 67 NRNFE36200U42R ......... 67 NRNFE36200U43R ......... 67 NRNFE36200U44R ......... 67 NRNFE36200U63RE1 ..... 67 NRNFE36200U64RE1 ..... 67 NRNFE36250U32R ......... 67 NRNFE36250U33R ......... 67 NRNFE36250U42R ......... 67 NRNFE36250U43R ......... 67 NRNFE36250U44R ......... 67 NRNFE36250U63RE1 ..... 67 NRNFE36250U64RE1 ..... 67 NRNFE36320U32R ......... 67 NRNFE36320U33R ......... 67 NRNFE36320U42R ......... 67 NRNFE36320U43R ......... 67 NRNFE36320U44R ......... 67 NRNFE36320U63RE1 ..... 67 NRNFE36320U64RE1 ..... 67 PDC12P4 ......................... 87 PDC12P44 ....................... 87 PDC6P20 ......................... 87 PDC6P204 ....................... 87 PGA36025CU31A ............ 45 PGA36025CU33A ............ 45 PGA36025CU41A ............ 45 PGA36025CU43A ............ 45 PGA36025CU44A ............ 45 PGA36025CU63AE1 ....... 45 PGA36025CU64AE1 ....... 45 PGA36025CU73AE1 ....... 45 PGA36025CU74AE1 ....... 45 PGA36025U31A .............. 44 PGA36025U33A .............. 44 PGA36025U41A .............. 44 PGA36025U43A .............. 44 PGA36025U44A .............. 44 PGA36025U63AE1 ........... 44 PGA36025U64AE1 ........... 44 PGA36025U73AE1 ........... 44 PGA36025U74AE1 ........... 44 PGA36040CU31A ............ 45 PGA36040CU33A ............ 45 PGA36040CU41A ............ 45 PGA36040CU43A ............ 45 PGA36040CU44A ............ 45 PGA36040CU63AE1 ....... 45 PGA36040CU64AE1 ....... 45 PGA36040CU73AE1 ....... 45 PGA36040CU74AE1 ....... 45 PGA36040U31A .............. 44 PGA36040U33A .............. 44 PGA36040U41A .............. 44 PGA36040U43A .............. 44 PGA36040U44A .............. 44 PGA36040U63AE1 ........... 44 PGA36040U64AE1 ........... 44 PGA36040U73AE1 ........... 44 PGA36040U74AE1 ........... 44 PGA36060 ....................... 44 PGA36060CU31A ............ 45 PGA36060CU33A ............ 45 PGA36060CU41A ............ 45 PGA36060CU43A ............ 45 PGA36060CU44A ............ 45 PGA36060CU63AE1 ....... 45 PGA36060CU64AE1 ....... 45 PGA36060CU73AE1 ....... 45 PGA36060CU74AE1 ....... 45 PGA36060U31A .............. 44 PGA36060U33A .............. 44 PGA36060U41A .............. 44 PGA36060U43A .............. 44 PGA36060U44A .............. 44 PGA36060U63AE1 ........... 44 PGA36060U64AE1 ........... 44 PGA36060U73AE1 ........... 44 PGA36060U74AE1 ........... 44 PGA36080 ....................... 44 PGA36080CU31A ............ 45 PGA36080CU33A ............ 45 PGA36080CU41A ............ 45 PGA36080CU43A ............ 45 PGA36080CU44A ............ 45 PGA36080CU63AE1 ....... 45 PGA36080CU64AE1 ....... 45 PGA36080CU73AE1 ....... 45 PGA36080CU74AE1 ....... 45 PGA36080U31A .............. 44 PGA36080U33A .............. 44 PGA36080U41A .............. 44 PGA36080U43A .............. 44 PGA36080U44A .............. 44 PGA36080U63AE1 ........... 44 PGA36080U64AE1 ........... 44 PGA36080U73AE1 ........... 44 149 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers PGA36080U74AE1 ........... 44 PGA36100 ....................... 44 PGA36100U31A .............. 44 PGA36100U33A .............. 44 PGA36100U41A .............. 44 PGA36100U43A .............. 44 PGA36100U44A .............. 44 PGA36100U63AE1 ........... 44 PGA36100U64AE1 ........... 44 PGA36100U73AE1 ........... 44 PGA36100U74AE1 ........... 44 PGA36120 ....................... 44 PGA36120U31A .............. 44 PGA36120U33A .............. 44 PGA36120U41A .............. 44 PGA36120U43A .............. 44 PGA36120U44A .............. 44 PGA36120U63AE1 ........... 44 PGA36120U64AE1 ........... 44 PGA36120U73AE1 ........... 44 PGA36120U74AE1 ........... 44 PGL36025CU31A ............ 43 PGL36025CU33A ............ 43 PGL36025CU41A ............ 43 PGL36025CU43A ............ 43 PGL36025CU44A ............ 43 PGL36025CU63AE1 ......... 43 PGL36025CU64AE1 ......... 43 PGL36025CU73AE1 ......... 43 PGL36025CU74AE1 ......... 43 PGL36025U31A ............... 42 PGL36025U33A ............... 42 PGL36025U41A ............... 42 PGL36025U43A ............... 42 PGL36025U44A ............... 42 PGL36025U63AE1 ............ 42 PGL36025U64AE1 ............ 42 PGL36025U73AE1 ............ 42 PGL36025U74AE1 ............ 42 PGL36040CU31A ............ 43 PGL36040CU33A ............ 43 PGL36040CU41A ............ 43 PGL36040CU43A ............ 43 PGL36040CU44A ............ 43 PGL36040CU63AE1 ......... 43 PGL36040CU64AE1 ......... 43 PGL36040CU73AE1 ......... 43 PGL36040CU74AE1 ......... 43 PGL36040U31A ............... 42 PGL36040U33A ............... 42 PGL36040U41A ............... 42 PGL36040U43A ............... 42 PGL36040U44A ............... 42 PGL36040U63AE1 ............ 42 PGL36040U64AE1 ............ 42 PGL36040U73AE1 ............ 42 PGL36040U74AE1 ............ 42 PGL36060 ....................... 42 PGL36060CU31A ............ 43 PGL36060CU33A ............ 43 PGL36060CU41A ............ 43 PGL36060CU43A ............ 43 PGL36060CU44A ............ 43 PGL36060CU63AE1 ......... 43 PGL36060CU64AE1 ......... 43 PGL36060CU73AE1 ......... 43 PGL36060CU74AE1 ......... 43 PGL36060U31A ............... 42 PGL36060U33A ............... 42 PGL36060U41A ............... 42 PGL36060U43A ............... 42 PGL36060U44A ............... 42 PGL36060U63AE1 ............ 42 PGL36060U64AE1 ............ 42 PGL36060U73AE1 ............ 42 PGL36060U74AE1 ............ 42 PGL36080 ....................... 42 PGL36080CU31A ............ 43 PGL36080CU33A ............ 43 PGL36080CU41A ............ 43 PGL36080CU43A ............ 43 PGL36080CU44A ............ 43 PGL36080CU63AE1 ..........43 PGL36080CU64AE1 ..........43 PGL36080CU73AE1 ..........43 PGL36080CU74AE1 ..........43 PGL36080U31A ............... 42 PGL36080U33A ............... 42 PGL36080U41A ............... 42 PGL36080U43A ............... 42 PGL36080U44A ............... 42 PGL36080U63AE1 .............42 PGL36080U64AE1 .............42 PGL36080U73AE1 .............42 PGL36080U74AE1 .............42 PGL36100 ........................ 42 PGL36100CU31A ............ 43 PGL36100CU33A ............ 43 PGL36100CU41A ............ 43 PGL36100CU43A ............ 43 PGL36100CU44A ............ 43 PGL36100CU63AE1 ..........43 PGL36100CU64AE1 ..........43 PGL36100CU73AE1 ..........43 PGL36100CU74AE1 ..........43 PGL36100U31A ............... 42 PGL36100U33A ............... 42 PGL36100U41A ............... 42 PGL36100U43A ............... 42 PGL36100U44A ............... 42 PGL36100U63AE1 .............42 PGL36100U64AE1 .............42 PGL36100U73AE1 .............42 PGL36100U74AE1 .............42 PGL36120 ........................ 42 PGL36120CU31A ............ 43 PGL36120CU33A ............ 43 PGL36120CU41A ............ 43 PGL36120CU43A ............ 43 PGL36120CU44A ............ 43 PGL36120CU63AE1 ..........43 PGL36120CU64AE1 ..........43 PGL36120CU73AE1 ..........43 PGL36120CU74AE1 ..........43 PGL36120U31A ............... 42 PGL36120U33A ............... 42 PGL36120U41A ............... 42 PGL36120U43A ............... 42 PGL36120U44A ............... 42 PGL36120U63AE1 .............42 PGL36120U64AE1 .............42 PGL36120U73AE1 .............42 PGL36120U74AE1 .............42 PHLE36125U33RN .......... 63 PJA36025CU31A ............. 45 PJA36025CU33A ............. 45 PJA36025CU41A ............. 45 PJA36025CU43A ............. 45 PJA36025CU44A ............. 45 PJA36025CU63AE1 ........ 45 PJA36025CU64AE1 ........ 45 PJA36025CU73AE1 ........ 45 PJA36025CU74AE1 ........ 45 PJA36025U31A ............... 44 PJA36025U33A ............... 44 PJA36025U41A ............... 44 PJA36025U43A ............... 44 PJA36025U44A ............... 44 PJA36025U63AE1 .............44 PJA36025U64AE1 .............44 PJA36025U73AE1 .............44 PJA36025U74AE1 .............44 PJA36040CU31A ............. 45 PJA36040CU33A ............. 45 PJA36040CU41A ............. 45 PJA36040CU43A ............. 45 PJA36040CU44A ............. 45 PJA36040CU63AE1 ........ 45 PJA36040CU64AE1 ........ 45 PJA36040CU73AE1 ........ 45 PJA36040CU74AE1 ........ 45 PJA36040U31A ............... 44 PJA36040U33A ............... 44 PJA36040U41A ............... 44 PJA36040U43A ............... 44 PJA36040U44A ............... 44 PJA36040U63AE1 .............44 PJA36040U64AE1 .............44 PJA36040U73AE1 .............44 PJA36040U74AE1 .............44 PJA36060 ........................ 44 PJA36060CU31A ............. 45 PJA36060CU33A ............. 45 PJA36060CU41A ............. 45 PJA36060CU43A ............. 45 PJA36060CU44A ............. 45 PJA36060CU63AE1 ........ 45 PJA36060CU64AE1 ........ 45 PJA36060CU73AE1 ........ 45 PJA36060CU74AE1 ........ 45 PJA36060U31A ............... 44 PJA36060U33A ............... 44 PJA36060U41A ............... 44 PJA36060U43A ............... 44 PJA36060U44A ............... 44 PJA36060U63AE1 .............44 PJA36060U64AE1 .............44 PJA36060U73AE1 .............44 PJA36060U74AE1 .............44 PJA36080 ........................ 44 PJA36080CU31A ............. 45 PJA36080CU33A ............. 45 PJA36080CU41A ............. 45 PJA36080CU43A ............. 45 PJA36080CU44A ............. 45 PJA36080CU63AE1 ........ 45 PJA36080CU64AE1 ........ 45 PJA36080CU73AE1 ........ 45 PJA36080CU74AE1 ........ 45 PJA36080U31A ............... 44 PJA36080U33A ............... 44 PJA36080U41A ............... 44 PJA36080U43A ............... 44 PJA36080U44A ............... 44 PJA36080U63AE1 .............44 PJA36080U64AE1 .............44 PJA36080U73AE1 .............44 PJA36080U74AE1 .............44 PJA36100 ........................ 44 PJA36100U31A ............... 44 PJA36100U33A ............... 44 PJA36100U41A ............... 44 PJA36100U43A ............... 44 PJA36100U44A ............... 44 PJA36100U63AE1 .............44 PJA36100U64AE1 .............44 PJA36100U73AE1 .............44 PJA36100U74AE1 .............44 PJA36120 ........................ 44 PJA36120U31A ............... 44 PJA36120U33A ............... 44 PJA36120U41A ............... 44 PJA36120U43A ............... 44 PJA36120U44A ............... 44 PJA36120U63AE1 .............44 PJA36120U64AE1 .............44 PJA36120U73AE1 .............44 PJA36120U74AE1 .............44 PJL36000S10 .................. 47 PJL36000S12 .................. 47 PJL36000S60 .................. 47 PJL36000S80 .................. 47 PJL36025CU31A ............. 43 PJL36025CU33A ............. 43 PJL36025CU41A ............. 43 PJL36025CU43A ............. 43 PJL36025CU44A ............. 43 PJL36025CU63AE1 ...........43 PJL36025CU64AE1 ...........43 PJL36025CU73AE1 ...........43 PJL36025CU74AE1 ...........43 PJL36025U31A ................ 42 PJL36025U33A ................ 42 PJL36025U41A ................ 42 PJL36025U43A ................ 42 PJL36025U44A ................ 42 PJL36025U63AE1 .............42 PJL36025U64AE1 .............42 PJL36025U73AE1 .............42 PJL36025U74AE1 .............42 PJL36040CU31A ............. 43 PJL36040CU33A ............. 43 PJL36040CU41A ............. 43 PJL36040CU43A ............. 43 PJL36040CU44A ............. 43 PJL36040CU63AE1 ...........43 PJL36040CU64AE1 ...........43 PJL36040CU73AE1 ...........43 PJL36040CU74AE1 ...........43 PJL36040U31A ................ 42 PJL36040U33A ................ 42 PJL36040U41A ................ 42 PJL36040U43A ................ 42 PJL36040U44A ................ 42 PJL36040U63AE1 .............42 PJL36040U64AE1 .............42 PJL36040U73AE1 .............42 PJL36040U74AE1 .............42 PJL36060 ......................... 42 PJL36060CU31A ............. 43 PJL36060CU33A ............. 43 PJL36060CU41A ............. 43 PJL36060CU43A ............. 43 PJL36060CU44A ............. 43 PJL36060CU63AE1 ...........43 PJL36060CU64AE1 ...........43 PJL36060CU73AE1 ...........43 PJL36060CU74AE1 ...........43 PJL36060M68 .................. 48 PJL36060U31A ................ 42 PJL36060U33A ................ 42 PJL36060U41A ................ 42 PJL36060U43A ................ 42 PJL36060U44A ................ 42 PJL36060U63AE1 .............42 PJL36060U64AE1 .............42 PJL36060U73AE1 .............42 PJL36060U74AE1 .............42 PJL36080 ......................... 42 PJL36080CU31A ............. 43 PJL36080CU33A ............. 43 PJL36080CU41A ............. 43 PJL36080CU43A ............. 43 PJL36080CU44A ............. 43 PJL36080CU63AE1 ...........43 PJL36080CU64AE1 ...........43 PJL36080CU73AE1 ...........43 PJL36080CU74AE1 ...........43 PJL36080M68 .................. 48 PJL36080U31A ................ 42 PJL36080U33A ................ 42 PJL36080U41A ................ 42 PJL36080U43A ................ 42 PJL36080U44A ................ 42 PJL36080U63AE1 .............42 PJL36080U64AE1 .............42 PJL36080U73AE1 .............42 PJL36080U74AE1 .............42 PJL36100 ......................... 42 PJL36100CU31A ............. 43 PJL36100CU33A ............. 43 PJL36100CU41A ............. 43 PJL36100CU43A ............. 43 PJL36100CU44A ............. 43 PJL36100CU63AE1 ...........43 PJL36100CU64AE1 ...........43 PJL36100CU73AE1 ...........43 PJL36100CU74AE1 ...........43 PJL36100M69 .................. 48 PJL36100U31A ................ 42 PJL36100U33A ................ 42 PJL36100U41A ................ 42 PJL36100U43A ................ 42 PJL36100U44A ................ 42 PJL36100U63AE1 ............. 42 PJL36100U64AE1 ............. 42 PJL36100U73AE1 ............. 42 PJL36100U74AE1 ............. 42 PJL36120 ......................... 42 PJL36120CU31A ............. 43 PJL36120CU33A ............. 43 PJL36120CU41A ............. 43 PJL36120CU43A ............. 43 PJL36120CU44A ............. 43 PJL36120CU63AE1 ........... 43 PJL36120CU64AE1 ........... 43 PJL36120CU73AE1 .......... 43 PJL36120CU74AE1 .......... 43 PJL36120M70 .................. 48 PJL36120U31A ................ 42 PJL36120U33A ................ 42 PJL36120U41A ................ 42 PJL36120U43A ................ 42 PJL36120U44A ................ 42 PJL36120U63AE1 ............. 42 PJL36120U64AE1 ............. 42 PJL36120U73AE1 ............. 42 PJL36120U74AE1 ............. 42 PKA36025CU31A ............ 45 PKA36025CU33A ............ 45 PKA36025CU41A ............ 45 PKA36025CU43A ............ 45 PKA36025CU44A ............ 45 PKA36025CU63AE1 ........ 45 PKA36025CU64AE1 ........ 45 PKA36025CU73AE1 ........ 45 PKA36025CU74AE1 ........ 45 PKA36025U31A ............... 44 PKA36025U33A ............... 44 PKA36025U41A ............... 44 PKA36025U43A ............... 44 PKA36025U44A ............... 44 PKA36025U63AE1 ............ 44 PKA36025U64AE1 ............ 44 PKA36025U73AE1 ............ 44 PKA36025U74AE1 ............ 44 PKA36040CU31A ............ 45 PKA36040CU33A ............ 45 PKA36040CU41A ............ 45 PKA36040CU43A ............ 45 PKA36040CU44A ............ 45 PKA36040CU63AE1 ........ 45 PKA36040CU64AE1 ........ 45 PKA36040CU73AE1 ........ 45 PKA36040CU74AE1 ........ 45 PKA36040U31A ............... 44 PKA36040U33A ............... 44 PKA36040U41A ............... 44 PKA36040U43A ............... 44 PKA36040U44A ............... 44 PKA36040U63AE1 ............ 44 PKA36040U64AE1 ............ 44 PKA36040U73AE1 ............ 44 PKA36040U74AE1 ............ 44 PKA36060 ........................ 44 PKA36060CU31A ............ 45 PKA36060CU33A ............ 45 PKA36060CU41A ............ 45 PKA36060CU43A ............ 45 PKA36060CU44A ............ 45 PKA36060CU63AE1 ........ 45 PKA36060CU64AE1 ........ 45 PKA36060CU73AE1 ........ 45 PKA36060CU74AE1 ........ 45 PKA36060U31A ............... 44 PKA36060U33A ............... 44 PKA36060U41A ............... 44 PKA36060U43A ............... 44 PKA36060U44A ............... 44 PKA36060U63AE1 ............ 44 150 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers PKA36060U64AE1 .............44 PKA36060U73AE1 .............44 PKA36060U74AE1 .............44 PKA36080 ........................ 44 PKA36080CU31A ............ 45 PKA36080CU33A ............ 45 PKA36080CU41A ............ 45 PKA36080CU43A ............ 45 PKA36080CU44A ............ 45 PKA36080CU63AE1 ........ 45 PKA36080CU64AE1 ........ 45 PKA36080CU73AE1 ........ 45 PKA36080CU74AE1 ........ 45 PKA36080U31A ............... 44 PKA36080U33A ............... 44 PKA36080U41A ............... 44 PKA36080U43A ............... 44 PKA36080U44A ............... 44 PKA36080U63AE1 .............44 PKA36080U64AE1 .............44 PKA36080U73AE1 .............44 PKA36080U74AE1 .............44 PKA36100 ........................ 44 PKA36100U31A ............... 44 PKA36100U33A ............... 44 PKA36100U41A ............... 44 PKA36100U43A ............... 44 PKA36100U44A ............... 44 PKA36100U63AE1 .............44 PKA36100U64AE1 .............44 PKA36100U73AE1 .............44 PKA36100U74AE1 .............44 PKA36120 ........................ 44 PKA36120U31A ............... 44 PKA36120U33A ............... 44 PKA36120U41A ............... 44 PKA36120U43A ............... 44 PKA36120U44A ............... 44 PKA36120U63AE1 .............44 PKA36120U64AE1 .............44 PKA36120U73AE1 .............44 PKA36120U74AE1 .............44 PKL36000S10 .................. 47 PKL36000S12 .................. 47 PKL36000S60 .................. 47 PKL36000S80 .................. 47 PKL36025CU31A ............ 43 PKL36025CU33A ............ 43 PKL36025CU41A ............ 43 PKL36025CU43A ............ 43 PKL36025CU44A ............ 43 PKL36025CU63AE1 ...........43 PKL36025CU64AE1 ...........43 PKL36025CU73AE1 ..........43 PKL36025CU74AE1 ..........43 PKL36025U31A ............... 42 PKL36025U33A ............... 42 PKL36025U41A ............... 42 PKL36025U43A ............... 42 PKL36025U44A ............... 42 PKL36025U63AE1 .............42 PKL36025U64AE1 .............42 PKL36025U73AE1 .............42 PKL36025U74AE1 .............42 PKL36040CU31A ............ 43 PKL36040CU33A ............ 43 PKL36040CU41A ............ 43 PKL36040CU43A ............ 43 PKL36040CU44A ............ 43 PKL36040CU63AE1 ...........43 PKL36040CU64AE1 ...........43 PKL36040CU73AE1 ..........43 PKL36040CU74AE1 ..........43 PKL36040U31A ............... 42 PKL36040U33A ............... 42 PKL36040U41A ............... 42 PKL36040U43A ............... 42 PKL36040U44A ............... 42 PKL36040U63AE1 .............42 PKL36040U64AE1 .............42 PKL36040U73AE1 .............42 PKL36040U74AE1 .............42 PKL36060 ........................ 42 PKL36060CU31A ............ 43 PKL36060CU33A ............ 43 PKL36060CU41A ............ 43 PKL36060CU43A ............ 43 PKL36060CU44A ............ 43 PKL36060CU63AE1 ..........43 PKL36060CU64AE1 ..........43 PKL36060CU73AE1 ..........43 PKL36060CU74AE1 ..........43 PKL36060U31A ............... 42 PKL36060U33A ............... 42 PKL36060U41A ............... 42 PKL36060U43A ............... 42 PKL36060U44A ............... 42 PKL36060U63AE1 .............42 PKL36060U64AE1 .............42 PKL36060U73AE1 .............42 PKL36060U74AE1 .............42 PKL36080 ........................ 42 PKL36080CU31A ............ 43 PKL36080CU33A ............ 43 PKL36080CU41A ............ 43 PKL36080CU43A ............ 43 PKL36080CU44A ............ 43 PKL36080CU63AE1 ..........43 PKL36080CU64AE1 ..........43 PKL36080CU73AE1 ..........43 PKL36080CU74AE1 ..........43 PKL36080U31A ............... 42 PKL36080U33A ............... 42 PKL36080U41A ............... 42 PKL36080U43A ............... 42 PKL36080U44A ............... 42 PKL36080U63AE1 .............42 PKL36080U64AE1 .............42 PKL36080U73AE1 .............42 PKL36080U74AE1 .............42 PKL36100 ........................ 42 PKL36100CU31A ............ 43 PKL36100CU33A ............ 43 PKL36100CU41A ............ 43 PKL36100CU43A ............ 43 PKL36100CU44A ............ 43 PKL36100CU63AE1 ..........43 PKL36100CU64AE1 ..........43 PKL36100CU73AE1 ..........43 PKL36100CU74AE1 ..........43 PKL36100U31A ............... 42 PKL36100U33A ............... 42 PKL36100U41A ............... 42 PKL36100U43A ............... 42 PKL36100U44A ............... 42 PKL36100U63AE1 .............42 PKL36100U64AE1 .............42 PKL36100U73AE1 .............42 PKL36100U74AE1 .............42 PKL36120 ........................ 42 PKL36120CU31A ............ 43 PKL36120CU33A ............ 43 PKL36120CU41A ............ 43 PKL36120CU43A ............ 43 PKL36120CU44A ............ 43 PKL36120CU63AE1 ..........43 PKL36120CU64AE1 ..........43 PKL36120CU73AE1 ..........43 PKL36120CU74AE1 ..........43 PKL36120U31A ............... 42 PKL36120U33A ............... 42 PKL36120U41A ............... 42 PKL36120U43A ............... 42 PKL36120U44A ............... 42 PKL36120U63AE1 .............42 PKL36120U64AE1 .............42 PKL36120U73AE1 .............42 PKL36120U74AE1 .............42 PLA34025CU31A ............ 45 PLA34025CU33A ............ 45 PLA34025CU41A ............45 PLA34025CU43A ............45 PLA34025CU44A ............45 PLA34025CU63AE1 ........ 45 PLA34025CU64AE1 ........ 45 PLA34025CU73AE1 ........ 45 PLA34025CU74AE1 ........ 45 PLA34025U31A ............... 44 PLA34025U33A ............... 44 PLA34025U41A ............... 44 PLA34025U43A ............... 44 PLA34025U44A ............... 44 PLA34025U63AE1 .............44 PLA34025U64AE1 .............44 PLA34025U73AE1 .............44 PLA34025U74AE1 .............44 PLA34040CU31A ............45 PLA34040CU33A ............45 PLA34040CU41A ............45 PLA34040CU43A ............45 PLA34040CU44A ............45 PLA34040CU63AE1 ........ 45 PLA34040CU64AE1 ........ 45 PLA34040CU73AE1 ........ 45 PLA34040CU74AE1 ........ 45 PLA34040U31A ............... 44 PLA34040U33A ............... 44 PLA34040U41A ............... 44 PLA34040U43A ............... 44 PLA34040U44A ............... 44 PLA34040U63AE1 .............44 PLA34040U64AE1 .............44 PLA34040U73AE1 .............44 PLA34040U74AE1 .............44 PLA34060 ........................ 44 PLA34060CU31A ............45 PLA34060CU33A ............45 PLA34060CU41A ............45 PLA34060CU43A ............45 PLA34060CU44A ............45 PLA34060CU63AE1 ........ 45 PLA34060CU64AE1 ........ 45 PLA34060CU73AE1 ........ 45 PLA34060CU74AE1 ........ 45 PLA34060U31A ............... 44 PLA34060U33A ............... 44 PLA34060U41A ............... 44 PLA34060U43A ............... 44 PLA34060U44A ............... 44 PLA34060U63AE1 .............44 PLA34060U64AE1 .............44 PLA34060U73AE1 .............44 PLA34060U74AE1 .............44 PLA34080 ........................ 44 PLA34080CU31A ............45 PLA34080CU33A ............45 PLA34080CU41A ............45 PLA34080CU43A ............45 PLA34080CU44A ............45 PLA34080CU63AE1 ........ 45 PLA34080CU64AE1 ........ 45 PLA34080CU73AE1 ........ 45 PLA34080CU74AE1 ........ 45 PLA34080U31A ............... 44 PLA34080U33A ............... 44 PLA34080U41A ............... 44 PLA34080U43A ............... 44 PLA34080U44A ............... 44 PLA34080U63AE1 .............44 PLA34080U64AE1 .............44 PLA34080U73AE1 .............44 PLA34080U74AE1 .............44 PLA34100 ........................ 44 PLA34100U31A ............... 44 PLA34100U33A ............... 44 PLA34100U41A ............... 44 PLA34100U43A ............... 44 PLA34100U44A ............... 44 PLA34100U63AE1 .............44 PLA34100U64AE1 .............44 PLA34100U73AE1 ............ 44 PLA34100U74AE1 ............ 44 PLA34120 ........................44 PLA34120U31A ............... 44 PLA34120U33A ............... 44 PLA34120U41A ............... 44 PLA34120U43A ............... 44 PLA34120U44A ............... 44 PLA34120U63AE1 ............ 44 PLA34120U64AE1 ............ 44 PLA34120U73AE1 ............ 44 PLA34120U74AE1 ............ 44 PLL34000S10 .................. 47 PLL34000S12 .................. 47 PLL34000S60 .................. 47 PLL34000S80 .................. 47 PLL34025CU31A ............. 43 PLL34025CU33A ............. 43 PLL34025CU41A ............. 43 PLL34025CU43A ............. 43 PLL34025CU44A ............. 43 PLL34025CU63AE1 .......... 43 PLL34025CU64AE1 .......... 43 PLL34025CU73AE1 .......... 43 PLL34025CU74AE1 .......... 43 PLL34025U31A ............... 42 PLL34025U33A ............... 42 PLL34025U41A ............... 42 PLL34025U43A ............... 42 PLL34025U44A ............... 42 PLL34025U63AE1 ............. 42 PLL34025U64AE1 ............. 42 PLL34025U73AE1 ............. 42 PLL34025U74AE1 ............. 42 PLL34040CU31A ............. 43 PLL34040CU33A ............. 43 PLL34040CU41A ............. 43 PLL34040CU43A ............. 43 PLL34040CU44A ............. 43 PLL34040CU63AE1 .......... 43 PLL34040CU64AE1 .......... 43 PLL34040CU73AE1 .......... 43 PLL34040CU74AE1 .......... 43 PLL34040U31A ............... 42 PLL34040U33A ............... 42 PLL34040U41A ............... 42 PLL34040U43A ............... 42 PLL34040U44A ............... 42 PLL34040U63AE1 ............. 42 PLL34040U64AE1 ............. 42 PLL34040U73AE1 ............. 42 PLL34040U74AE1 ............. 42 PLL34060 ........................42 PLL34060CU31A ............. 43 PLL34060CU33A ............. 43 PLL34060CU41A ............. 43 PLL34060CU43A ............. 43 PLL34060CU44A ............. 43 PLL34060CU63AE1 .......... 43 PLL34060CU64AE1 .......... 43 PLL34060CU73AE1 .......... 43 PLL34060CU74AE1 .......... 43 PLL34060M68 ................. 48 PLL34060U31A ............... 42 PLL34060U33A ............... 42 PLL34060U41A ............... 42 PLL34060U43A ............... 42 PLL34060U44A ............... 42 PLL34060U63AE1 ............. 42 PLL34060U64AE1 ............. 42 PLL34060U73AE1 ............. 42 PLL34060U74AE1 ............. 42 PLL34080 ........................42 PLL34080CU31A ............. 43 PLL34080CU33A ............. 43 PLL34080CU41A ............. 43 PLL34080CU43A ............. 43 PLL34080CU44A ............. 43 PLL34080CU63AE1 .......... 43 PLL34080CU64AE1 .......... 43 PLL34080CU73AE1 .......... 43 PLL34080CU74AE1 .......... 43 PLL34080M68 ................. 48 PLL34080U31A ...............42 PLL34080U33A ...............42 PLL34080U41A ...............42 PLL34080U43A ...............42 PLL34080U44A ...............42 PLL34080U63AE1 ............. 42 PLL34080U64AE1 ............. 42 PLL34080U73AE1 ............. 42 PLL34080U74AE1 ............. 42 PLL34100 ........................ 42 PLL34100CU31A ............. 43 PLL34100CU33A ............. 43 PLL34100CU41A ............. 43 PLL34100CU43A ............. 43 PLL34100CU44A ............. 43 PLL34100CU63AE1 .......... 43 PLL34100CU64AE1 .......... 43 PLL34100CU73AE1 .......... 43 PLL34100CU74AE1 .......... 43 PLL34100M69 ................. 48 PLL34100U31A ...............42 PLL34100U33A ...............42 PLL34100U41A ...............42 PLL34100U43A ...............42 PLL34100U44A ...............42 PLL34100U63AE1 ............. 42 PLL34100U64AE1 ............. 42 PLL34100U73AE1 ............. 42 PLL34100U74AE1 ............. 42 PLL34120 ........................ 42 PLL34120CU31A ............. 43 PLL34120CU33A ............. 43 PLL34120CU41A ............. 43 PLL34120CU43A ............. 43 PLL34120CU44A ............. 43 PLL34120CU63AE1 .......... 43 PLL34120CU64AE1 .......... 43 PLL34120CU73AE1 .......... 43 PLL34120CU74AE1 .......... 43 PLL34120M70 ................. 48 PLL34120U31A ...............42 PLL34120U33A ...............42 PLL34120U41A ...............42 PLL34120U43A ...............42 PLL34120U44A ...............42 PLL34120U63AE1 ............. 42 PLL34120U64AE1 ............. 42 PLL34120U73AE1 ............. 42 PLL34120U74AE1 ............. 42 RD10 ................................ 89 RD16 ................................ 89 RE10 ................................ 89 RE16 ................................ 89 RGA36100CU31A ........... 57 RGA36100CU33A ........... 57 RGA36100CU41A ........... 57 RGA36100CU43A ........... 57 RGA36100CU44A ........... 57 RGA36100CU63AE1 ....... 57 RGA36100CU64AE1 ....... 57 RGA36100CU73AE1 ....... 57 RGA36100CU74AE1 ....... 57 RGA36120CU31A ........... 57 RGA36120CU33A ........... 57 RGA36120CU41A ........... 57 RGA36120CU43A ........... 57 RGA36120CU44A ........... 57 RGA36120CU63AE1 ....... 57 RGA36120CU64AE1 ....... 57 RGA36120CU73AE1 ....... 57 RGA36120CU74AE1 ....... 57 RGF36060 ....................... 53 RGF36060CU31A .............. 55 RGF36060CU33A .............. 55 RGF36060CU41A .............. 55 RGF36060CU43A .............. 55 RGF36060CU44A .............. 55 151 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers RGF36060CU63AE1 ......... 55 RGF36060CU64AE1 ......... 55 RGF36060CU73AE1 ......... 55 RGF36060CU74AE1 ......... 55 RGF36060U31A ................ 53 RGF36060U33A ................ 53 RGF36060U41A ................ 53 RGF36060U43A ................ 53 RGF36060U44A ................ 53 RGF36060U63AE1 ............ 53 RGF36060U64AE1 ............ 53 RGF36060U73AE1 ............ 53 RGF36060U74AE1 ............ 53 RGF36080 ....................... 53 RGF36080CU31A ............. 55 RGF36080CU33A ............. 55 RGF36080CU41A ............. 55 RGF36080CU43A ............. 55 RGF36080CU44A ............. 55 RGF36080CU63AE1 ......... 55 RGF36080CU64AE1 ......... 55 RGF36080CU73AE1 ......... 55 RGF36080CU74AE1 ......... 55 RGF36080U31A ................ 53 RGF36080U33A ................ 53 RGF36080U41A ................ 53 RGF36080U43A ................ 53 RGF36080U44A ................ 53 RGF36080U63AE1 ............ 53 RGF36080U64AE1 ............ 53 RGF36080U73AE1 ............ 53 RGF36080U74AE1 ............ 53 RGF36100 ....................... 53 RGF36100CU31A ............. 55 RGF36100CU33A ............. 55 RGF36100CU41A ............. 55 RGF36100CU43A ............. 55 RGF36100CU44A ............. 55 RGF36100CU63AE1 ......... 55 RGF36100CU64AE1 ......... 55 RGF36100CU73AE1 ......... 55 RGF36100CU74AE1 ......... 55 RGF36100U31A ................ 53 RGF36100U33A ................ 53 RGF36100U41A ................ 53 RGF36100U43A ................ 53 RGF36100U44A ................ 53 RGF36100U63AE1 ............ 53 RGF36100U64AE1 ............ 53 RGF36100U73AE1 ............ 53 RGF36100U74AE1 ............ 53 RGF36120 ....................... 53 RGF36120CU31A ............. 55 RGF36120CU33A ............. 55 RGF36120CU41A ............. 55 RGF36120CU43A ............. 55 RGF36120CU44A ............. 55 RGF36120CU63AE1 ......... 55 RGF36120CU64AE1 ......... 55 RGF36120CU73AE1 ......... 55 RGF36120CU74AE1 ......... 55 RGF36120U31A ................ 53 RGF36120U33A ................ 53 RGF36120U41A ................ 53 RGF36120U43A ................ 53 RGF36120U44A ................ 53 RGF36120U63AE1 ............ 53 RGF36120U64AE1 ............ 53 RGF36120U73AE1 ............ 53 RGF36120U74AE1 ............ 53 RGF36160 .......................... 54 RGF36160CU31A ............. 56 RGF36160CU33A ............. 56 RGF36160CU41A ............. 56 RGF36160CU43A ............. 56 RGF36160CU44A ............. 56 RGF36160CU63AE1 ......... 56 RGF36160CU64AE1 ......... 56 RGF36160CU73AE1 ......... 56 RGF36160CU74AE1 ......... 56 RGF36160U31A .................54 RGF36160U33A .................54 RGF36160U41A .................54 RGF36160U43A .................54 RGF36160U44A .................54 RGF36160U63AE1 ............54 RGF36160U64AE1 ............54 RGF36160U73AE1 ............54 RGF36160U74AE1 ............54 RGF36200 ..........................54 RGF36200CU31A ..............56 RGF36200CU33A ..............56 RGF36200CU41A ..............56 RGF36200CU43A ..............56 RGF36200CU44A ..............56 RGF36200CU63AE1 ..........56 RGF36200CU64AE1 ..........56 RGF36200CU73AE1 ..........56 RGF36200CU74AE1 ..........56 RGF36200U31A .................54 RGF36200U33A .................54 RGF36200U41A .................54 RGF36200U43A .................54 RGF36200U44A .................54 RGF36200U63AE1 ............54 RGF36200U64AE1 ............54 RGF36200U73AE1 ............54 RGF36200U74AE1 ............54 RGF36250 ..........................54 RGF36250CU31A ..............56 RGF36250CU33A ..............56 RGF36250CU41A ..............56 RGF36250CU43A ..............56 RGF36250CU44A ..............56 RGF36250CU63AE1 ..........56 RGF36250CU64AE1 ..........56 RGF36250CU73AE1 ..........56 RGF36250CU74AE1 ..........56 RGF36250U31A .................54 RGF36250U33A .................54 RGF36250U41A .................54 RGF36250U43A .................54 RGF36250U44A .................54 RGF36250U63AE1 ............54 RGF36250U64AE1 ............54 RGF36250U73AE1 ............54 RGF36250U74AE1 ............54 RGF36300CU31A ..............56 RGF36300CU33A ..............56 RGF36300CU41A ..............56 RGF36300CU43A ..............56 RGF36300CU44A ..............56 RGF36300CU63AE1 ..........56 RGF36300CU64AE1 ..........56 RGF36300CU73AE1 ..........56 RGF36300CU74AE1 ..........56 RGF36300U31A .................54 RGF36300U33A .................54 RGF36300U41A .................54 RGF36300U43A .................54 RGF36300U44A .................54 RGF36300U63AE1 ............54 RGF36300U64AE1 ............54 RGF36300U73AE1 ............54 RGF36300U74AE1 ............54 RJA36100CU31A ............ 57 RJA36100CU33A ............ 57 RJA36100CU41A ............ 57 RJA36100CU43A ............ 57 RJA36100CU44A ............ 57 RJA36100CU63AE1 ........ 57 RJA36100CU64AE1 ........ 57 RJA36100CU73AE1 ........ 57 RJA36100CU74AE1 ........ 57 RJA36120CU31A ............ 57 RJA36120CU33A ............ 57 RJA36120CU41A ............ 57 RJA36120CU43A ............ 57 RJA36120CU44A ............ 57 RJA36120CU63AE1 ........ 57 RJA36120CU64AE1 ........ 57 RJA36120CU73AE1 ........ 57 RJA36120CU74AE1 ........ 57 RJF36060 ........................ 53 RJF36060CU31A ...............55 RJF36060CU33A ...............55 RJF36060CU41A ...............55 RJF36060CU43A ...............55 RJF36060CU44A ...............55 RJF36060CU63AE1 ...........55 RJF36060CU64AE1 ...........55 RJF36060CU73AE1 ...........55 RJF36060CU74AE1 ...........55 RJF36060U31A ..................53 RJF36060U33A ..................53 RJF36060U41A ..................53 RJF36060U43A ..................53 RJF36060U44A ..................53 RJF36060U63AE1 .............53 RJF36060U64AE1 .............53 RJF36060U73AE1 .............53 RJF36060U74AE1 .............53 RJF36080 ........................ 53 RJF36080CU31A ...............55 RJF36080CU33A ...............55 RJF36080CU41A ...............55 RJF36080CU43A ...............55 RJF36080CU44A ...............55 RJF36080CU63AE1 ...........55 RJF36080CU64AE1 ...........55 RJF36080CU73AE1 ...........55 RJF36080CU74AE1 ...........55 RJF36080U31A ..................53 RJF36080U33A ..................53 RJF36080U41A ..................53 RJF36080U43A ..................53 RJF36080U44A ..................53 RJF36080U63AE1 .............53 RJF36080U64AE1 .............53 RJF36080U73AE1 .............53 RJF36080U74AE1 .............53 RJF36100 ........................ 53 RJF36100CU31A ...............55 RJF36100CU33A ...............55 RJF36100CU41A ...............55 RJF36100CU43A ...............55 RJF36100CU44A ...............55 RJF36100CU63AE1 ...........55 RJF36100CU64AE1 ...........55 RJF36100CU73AE1 ...........55 RJF36100CU74AE1 ...........55 RJF36100U31A ..................53 RJF36100U33A ..................53 RJF36100U41A ..................53 RJF36100U43A ..................53 RJF36100U44A ..................53 RJF36100U63AE1 .............53 RJF36100U64AE1 .............53 RJF36100U73AE1 .............53 RJF36100U74AE1 .............53 RJF36120 ........................ 53 RJF36120CU31A ...............55 RJF36120CU33A ...............55 RJF36120CU41A ...............55 RJF36120CU43A ...............55 RJF36120CU44A ...............55 RJF36120CU63AE1 ...........55 RJF36120CU64AE1 ...........55 RJF36120CU73AE1 ...........55 RJF36120CU74AE1 ...........55 RJF36120U31A ..................53 RJF36120U33A ..................53 RJF36120U41A ..................53 RJF36120U43A ..................53 RJF36120U44A ..................53 RJF36120U63AE1 .............53 RJF36120U64AE1 .............53 RJF36120U73AE1 .............53 RJF36120U74AE1 .............53 RJF36160 ...........................54 RJF36160CU31A ...............56 RJF36160CU33A ...............56 RJF36160CU41A ...............56 RJF36160CU43A ...............56 RJF36160CU44A ...............56 RJF36160CU63AE1 ..........56 RJF36160CU64AE1 ..........56 RJF36160CU73AE1 ..........56 RJF36160CU74AE1 ..........56 RJF36160U31A ..................54 RJF36160U33A ..................54 RJF36160U41A ..................54 RJF36160U43A ..................54 RJF36160U44A ..................54 RJF36160U63AE1 .............54 RJF36160U64AE1 .............54 RJF36160U73AE1 .............54 RJF36160U74AE1 .............54 RJF36200 ...........................54 RJF36200CU31A ...............56 RJF36200CU33A ...............56 RJF36200CU41A ...............56 RJF36200CU43A ...............56 RJF36200CU44A ...............56 RJF36200CU63AE1 ..........56 RJF36200CU64AE1 ..........56 RJF36200CU73AE1 ..........56 RJF36200CU74AE1 ..........56 RJF36200U31A ..................54 RJF36200U33A ..................54 RJF36200U41A ..................54 RJF36200U43A ..................54 RJF36200U44A ..................54 RJF36200U63AE1 .............54 RJF36200U64AE1 .............54 RJF36200U74AE1 .............54 RJF36250 ...........................54 RJF36250CU31A ...............56 RJF36250CU33A ...............56 RJF36250CU41A ...............56 RJF36250CU43A ...............56 RJF36250CU44A ...............56 RJF36250CU63AE1 ..........56 RJF36250CU64AE1 ..........56 RJF36250CU73AE1 ..........56 RJF36250CU74AE1 ..........56 RJF36250U31A ..................54 RJF36250U33A ..................54 RJF36250U41A ..................54 RJF36250U43A ..................54 RJF36250U44A ..................54 RJF36250U63AE1 .............54 RJF36250U64AE1 .............54 RJF36250U73AE1 .............54 RJF36250U74AE1 .............54 RJF36300CU31A ...............56 RJF36300CU33A ...............56 RJF36300CU41A ...............56 RJF36300CU43A ...............56 RJF36300CU44A ...............56 RJF36300CU63AE1 ..........56 RJF36300CU64AE1 ..........56 RJF36300CU73AE1 ..........56 RJF36300CU74AE1 ..........56 RJF36300U31A ..................54 RJF36300U33A ..................54 RJF36300U41A ..................54 RJF36300U43A ..................54 RJF36300U44A ..................54 RJF36300U63AE1 .............54 RJF36300U64AE1 .............54 RJF36300U73AE1 .............54 RJF36300U74AE1 .............54 RJF363200U73AE1 ...........54 RKA36100CU31A ............ 57 RKA36100CU33A ............ 57 RKA36100CU41A ............ 57 RKA36100CU43A ............ 57 RKA36100CU44A ............ 57 RKA36100CU63AE1 ....... 57 RKA36100CU64AE1 ....... 57 RKA36100CU73AE1 ....... 57 RKA36100CU74AE1 ....... 57 RKA36120CU31A ............ 57 RKA36120CU33A ............ 57 RKA36120CU41A ............ 57 RKA36120CU43A ............ 57 RKA36120CU44A ............ 57 RKA36120CU63AE1 ....... 57 RKA36120CU64AE1 ....... 57 RKA36120CU73AE1 ....... 57 RKA36120CU74AE1 ....... 57 RKF36000S12 ................. 58 RKF36000S16 ................. 58 RKF36000S20 ................. 58 RKF36000S25 ................. 58 RKF36000S30 ................. 58 RKF36060 ........................ 53 RKF36060CU31A .............. 55 RKF36060CU33A .............. 55 RKF36060CU41A .............. 55 RKF36060CU43A .............. 55 RKF36060CU44A .............. 55 RKF36060CU63AE1 .......... 55 RKF36060CU64AE1 .......... 55 RKF36060CU73AE1 .......... 55 RKF36060CU74AE1 .......... 55 RKF36060U31A ................. 53 RKF36060U33A ................. 53 RKF36060U41A ................. 53 RKF36060U43A ................. 53 RKF36060U44A ................. 53 RKF36060U63AE1 ............ 53 RKF36060U64AE1 ............ 53 RKF36060U73AE1 ............ 53 RKF36060U74AE1 ............ 53 RKF36080 ........................ 53 RKF36080CU31A .............. 55 RKF36080CU33A .............. 55 RKF36080CU41A .............. 55 RKF36080CU43A .............. 55 RKF36080CU44A .............. 55 RKF36080CU63AE1 .......... 55 RKF36080CU64AE1 .......... 55 RKF36080CU73AE1 .......... 55 RKF36080CU74AE1 .......... 55 RKF36080U31A ................. 53 RKF36080U33A ................. 53 RKF36080U41A ................. 53 RKF36080U43A ................. 53 RKF36080U44A ................. 53 RKF36080U63AE1 ............ 53 RKF36080U64AE1 ............ 53 RKF36080U73AE1 ............ 53 RKF36080U74AE1 ............ 53 RKF36100 ........................ 53 RKF36100CU31A .............. 55 RKF36100CU33A .............. 55 RKF36100CU41A .............. 55 RKF36100CU43A .............. 55 RKF36100CU44A .............. 55 RKF36100CU63AE1 .......... 55 RKF36100CU64AE1 .......... 55 RKF36100CU73AE1 .......... 55 RKF36100CU74AE1 .......... 55 RKF36100U31A ................. 53 RKF36100U33A ................. 53 RKF36100U41A ................. 53 RKF36100U43A ................. 53 RKF36100U44A ................. 53 RKF36100U63AE1 ............ 53 RKF36100U64AE1 ............ 53 RKF36100U73AE1 ............ 53 RKF36100U74AE1 ............ 53 RKF36120 ........................ 53 RKF36120CU31A .............. 55 RKF36120CU33A .............. 55 RKF36120CU41A .............. 55 RKF36120CU43A .............. 55 RKF36120CU44A .............. 55 152 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers RKF36120CU63AE1 ..........55 RKF36120CU64AE1 ..........55 RKF36120CU73AE1 ..........55 RKF36120CU74AE1 ..........55 RKF36120U31A .................53 RKF36120U33A .................53 RKF36120U41A .................53 RKF36120U43A .................53 RKF36120U44A .................53 RKF36120U63AE1 .............53 RKF36120U64AE1 .............53 RKF36120U73AE1 .............53 RKF36120U74AE1 .............53 RKF36160 ...........................54 RKF36160CU31A ...............56 RKF36160CU33A ...............56 RKF36160CU41A ...............56 RKF36160CU43A ...............56 RKF36160CU44A ...............56 RKF36160CU63AE1 ..........56 RKF36160CU64AE1 ..........56 RKF36160CU73AE1 ..........56 RKF36160CU74AE1 ..........56 RKF36160U31A .................54 RKF36160U33A .................54 RKF36160U41A .................54 RKF36160U43A .................54 RKF36160U44A .................54 RKF36160U63AE1 .............54 RKF36160U64AE1 .............54 RKF36160U73AE1 .............54 RKF36160U74AE1 .............54 RKF36200 ...........................54 RKF36200CU31A ...............56 RKF36200CU33A ...............56 RKF36200CU41A ...............56 RKF36200CU43A ...............56 RKF36200CU44A ...............56 RKF36200CU63AE1 ..........56 RKF36200CU64AE1 ..........56 RKF36200CU73AE1 ..........56 RKF36200CU74AE1 ..........56 RKF36200U31A .................54 RKF36200U33A .................54 RKF36200U41A .................54 RKF36200U43A .................54 RKF36200U44A .................54 RKF36200U63AE1 .............54 RKF36200U64AE1 .............54 RKF36200U74AE1 .............54 RKF36250 ...........................54 RKF36250CU31A ...............56 RKF36250CU33A ...............56 RKF36250CU41A ...............56 RKF36250CU43A ...............56 RKF36250CU44A ...............56 RKF36250CU63AE1 ..........56 RKF36250CU64AE1 ..........56 RKF36250CU73AE1 ..........56 RKF36250CU74AE1 ..........56 RKF36250U31A .................54 RKF36250U33A .................54 RKF36250U41A .................54 RKF36250U43A .................54 RKF36250U44A .................54 RKF36250U63AE1 .............54 RKF36250U64AE1 .............54 RKF36250U73AE1 .............54 RKF36250U74AE1 .............54 RKF36300CU31A ...............56 RKF36300CU33A ...............56 RKF36300CU41A ...............56 RKF36300CU43A ...............56 RKF36300CU44A ...............56 RKF36300CU63AE1 ..........56 RKF36300CU64AE1 ..........56 RKF36300CU73AE1 ..........56 RKF36300CU74AE1 ..........56 RKF36300U31A .................54 RKF36300U33A .................54 RKF36300U41A .................54 RKF36300U43A .................54 RKF36300U44A .................54 RKF36300U63AE1 .............54 RKF36300U64AE1 .............54 RKF36300U73AE1 .............54 RKF36300U74AE1 .............54 RKF363200U73AE1 ...........54 RL3TB .............................. 59 RL3TB4 ............................ 59 RLA36100CU31A ............ 57 RLA36100CU33A ............ 57 RLA36100CU41A ............ 57 RLA36100CU43A ............ 57 RLA36100CU44A ............ 57 RLA36100CU63AE1 ........ 57 RLA36100CU64AE1 ........ 57 RLA36100CU73AE1 ........ 57 RLA36100CU74AE1 ........ 57 RLA36120CU31A ............ 57 RLA36120CU33A ............ 57 RLA36120CU41A ............ 57 RLA36120CU43A ............ 57 RLA36120CU44A ............ 57 RLA36120CU63AE1 ........ 57 RLA36120CU64AE1 ........ 57 RLA36120CU73AE1 ........ 57 RLA36120CU74AE1 ........ 57 RLF36000S12 .................. 58 RLF36000S16 .................. 58 RLF36000S20 .................. 58 RLF36000S25 .................. 58 RLF36000S30 .................. 58 RLF36060 ........................ 53 RLF36060CU31A ...............55 RLF36060CU33A ...............55 RLF36060CU41A ...............55 RLF36060CU43A ...............55 RLF36060CU44A ...............55 RLF36060CU63AE1 ..........55 RLF36060CU64AE1 ..........55 RLF36060CU73AE1 ..........55 RLF36060CU74AE1 ..........55 RLF36060U31A ..................53 RLF36060U33A ..................53 RLF36060U41A ..................53 RLF36060U43A ..................53 RLF36060U44A ..................53 RLF36060U63AE1 .............53 RLF36060U64AE1 .............53 RLF36060U73AE1 .............53 RLF36060U74AE1 .............53 RLF36080 ........................ 53 RLF36080CU31A ...............55 RLF36080CU33A ...............55 RLF36080CU41A ...............55 RLF36080CU43A ...............55 RLF36080CU44A ...............55 RLF36080CU63AE1 ..........55 RLF36080CU64AE1 ..........55 RLF36080CU73AE1 ..........55 RLF36080CU74AE1 ..........55 RLF36080U31A ..................53 RLF36080U33A ..................53 RLF36080U41A ..................53 RLF36080U43A ..................53 RLF36080U44A ..................53 RLF36080U63AE1 .............53 RLF36080U64AE1 .............53 RLF36080U73AE1 .............53 RLF36080U74AE1 .............53 RLF36100 ........................ 53 RLF36100CU31A ...............55 RLF36100CU33A ...............55 RLF36100CU41A ...............55 RLF36100CU43A ...............55 RLF36100CU44A ...............55 RLF36100CU63AE1 ..........55 RLF36100CU64AE1 ..........55 RLF36100CU73AE1 ..........55 RLF36100CU74AE1 ..........55 RLF36100U31A .................53 RLF36100U33A .................53 RLF36100U41A .................53 RLF36100U43A .................53 RLF36100U44A .................53 RLF36100U63AE1 .............53 RLF36100U64AE1 .............53 RLF36100U73AE1 .............53 RLF36100U74AE1 .............53 RLF36120 ........................ 53 RLF36120CU31A ...............55 RLF36120CU33A ...............55 RLF36120CU41A ...............55 RLF36120CU43A ...............55 RLF36120CU44A ...............55 RLF36120CU63AE1 ..........55 RLF36120CU64AE1 ..........55 RLF36120CU73AE1 ..........55 RLF36120CU74AE1 ..........55 RLF36120U31A .................53 RLF36120U33A .................53 RLF36120U41A .................53 RLF36120U43A .................53 RLF36120U44A .................53 RLF36120U63AE1 .............53 RLF36120U64AE1 .............53 RLF36120U73AE1 .............53 RLF36120U74AE1 .............53 RLF36160 ...........................54 RLF36160CU31A ...............56 RLF36160CU33A ...............56 RLF36160CU41A ...............56 RLF36160CU43A ...............56 RLF36160CU44A ...............56 RLF36160CU63AE1 ..........56 RLF36160CU64AE1 ..........56 RLF36160CU73AE1 ..........56 RLF36160CU74AE1 ..........56 RLF36160U31A .................54 RLF36160U33A .................54 RLF36160U41A .................54 RLF36160U43A .................54 RLF36160U44A .................54 RLF36160U63AE1 .............54 RLF36160U64AE1 .............54 RLF36160U73AE1 .............54 RLF36160U74AE1 .............54 RLF36200 ...........................54 RLF36200CU31A ...............56 RLF36200CU33A ...............56 RLF36200CU41A ...............56 RLF36200CU43A ...............56 RLF36200CU44A ...............56 RLF36200CU63AE1 ..........56 RLF36200CU64AE1 ..........56 RLF36200CU73AE1 ..........56 RLF36200CU74AE1 ..........56 RLF36200U31A .................54 RLF36200U33A .................54 RLF36200U41A .................54 RLF36200U43A .................54 RLF36200U44A .................54 RLF36200U63AE1 .............54 RLF36200U64AE1 .............54 RLF36200U64AE1 .............54 RLF36200U73AE1 .............54 RLF36200U74AE1 .............54 RLF36250 ...........................54 RLF36250CU31A ...............56 RLF36250CU33A ...............56 RLF36250CU41A ...............56 RLF36250CU43A ...............56 RLF36250CU44A ...............56 RLF36250CU63AE1 ..........56 RLF36250CU64AE1 ..........56 RLF36250CU73AE1 ..........56 RLF36250CU74AE1 ..........56 RLF36250U31A .................54 RLF36250U33A .................54 RLF36250U41A ................. 54 RLF36250U43A ................. 54 RLF36250U44A ................. 54 RLF36250U63AE1 ............. 54 RLF36250U64AE1 ............. 54 RLF36250U73AE1 ............. 54 RLF36250U74AE1 ............. 54 RLF36300CU31A ............... 56 RLF36300CU33A ............... 56 RLF36300CU41A ............... 56 RLF36300CU43A ............... 56 RLF36300CU44A ............... 56 RLF36300CU63AE1 .......... 56 RLF36300CU64AE1 .......... 56 RLF36300CU73AE1 .......... 56 RLF36300CU74AE1 .......... 56 RLF36300U31A ................. 54 RLF36300U33A ................. 54 RLF36300U41A ................. 54 RLF36300U43A ................. 54 RLF36300U44A ................. 54 RLF36300U63AE1 ............. 54 RLF36300U73AE1 ............. 54 RLF36300U74AE1 ............. 54 RLTB ................................ 59 RLTB ................................ 59 RLTB1 .............................. 59 RLTB1 .............................. 59 RLTB4 .............................. 59 RLTB4 .............................. 59 RLTB4 .............................. 59 RLTB4 .............................. 59 RLTBE .............................68 RLTBE4 ........................... 68 S131A .............................. 76 S132R .............................. 76 S133A .............................. 76 S141A .............................. 76 S142R .............................. 76 S143A .............................. 76 S144A .............................. 76 S163A .............................. 76 S164A .............................. 76 S173A .............................. 76 S174A .............................. 76 S29450 ............................ 74 S29450 ............................ 74 S29450 ............................ 74 S29450 ............................ 74 S29450 ............................ 74 S29450 ............................ 74 S29452 ............................ 74 S29452 ............................ 74 S29452 ............................ 74 S29452 ............................ 74 S29452 ............................ 74 S29452 ............................ 74 S32631 ............................ 90 S32631 ............................ 90 S33033 ............................ 75 S33034 ............................ 75 S33034 ............................ 75 S33035 ............................ 75 S33035 ............................ 75 S33036 ............................ 75 S33036 ............................ 75 S33038 ............................ 75 S33091 ............................ 78 S33092 ............................ 78 S33092 ............................ 78 S33092 ............................ 78 S33093 ............................ 78 S33093 ............................ 78 S33093 ............................ 78 S33094 ............................ 78 S33095 ............................ 78 S33095 ............................ 78 S33095 ............................ 78 S33100 ............................ 77 S33100 ............................ 79 S33170 S33171 S33542 S33543 S33544 S33545 S33575 S33576 S33579 S33592 S33593 S33594 S33595 S33646 S33659 S33660 S33660 S33661 S33661 S33662 S33662 S33664 S33680 S33681 S33682 S33683 S33684 S33685 S33717 S33718 S33767 S33772 S33788 S33857 S33857 S33859 S33875 S33890 S33929 S33982 S33982 S33983 S33983 S33984 S33996 S33997 S33998 S34036 S44936 S46996 S46998 S47052 S47053 S47067 S47390 S47390 S47391 S47391 S47391 S47391 S47392 S47392 S47393 S47393 S47395 S47395 S47396 S47396 S47398 S47398 S48182 S48818 S48819 S48820 S48823 S48823 S48824 S48824 S48825 S48836 ............................ 92 ............................ 92 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 77 ............................ 77 ............................ 77 ............................ 76 ............................ 79 ............................ 84 ............................ 85 ............................ 88 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 73 ............................ 73 ............................ 73 ............................ 73 ............................ 73 ............................ 73 ............................ 89 ............................ 89 ............................ 94 ............................ 94 ............................ 94 ............................ 89 ............................ 94 ............................ 94 ............................ 89 ............................ 90 ............................ 89 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 90 ............................ 89 ............................ 88 ............................ 77 ............................ 90 ............................ 89 ............................ 89 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 76 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 75 ............................ 77 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 ............................ 78 153 © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ™ 07/2014 PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbers S48837 ............................ 78 S48838 ............................ 78 S48839 ............................ 78 S48840 ............................ 78 S48855 ............................ 85 S48856 ............................ 85 S48891 ............................ 77 S48896 ............................ 77 S48907 ............................ 84 S48907 ............................ 85 S48908 ............................ 84 S48916 ............................ 77 S48933 ............................ 94 S64201 ............................ 79 S64202 ............................ 79 S64203 ............................ 79 S64204 ............................ 79 S64204 ............................ 79 S64205 ............................ 79 S64205 ............................ 79 S64206 ............................ 79 S64207 ............................ 79 S64208 ............................ 79 S64209 ............................ 79 S64210 ............................ 79 S64210 ............................ 79 S64273 ............................ 79 STRV00121 ..................... 84 TRV00128 ........................ 84 YA1200R3 ....................... 87 YA1200R5 ....................... 87 YA1200R7 ....................... 87 YA2500R7 ....................... 87 YA250P3 ......................... 87 YA300P5 ......................... 87 YA400P3 ......................... 87 YA400P7 ......................... 87 YA600P5 ......................... 87 YA800P7 ......................... 87 154 07/2014 ™ © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Schneider Electric USA, Inc. Schneider Electric Canada, Inc. 1415 S. Roselle Road Palatine, IL 60067 USA 1-888-778-2733 www.schneider-electric.us 5985 McLaughlin Road Mississauga, ON L5R 1B8 Canada Tel:1-800-565-6699 www.schneider-electric.ca © 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Schneider Electric, Square D, PowerPact, and Micrologic are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 0612CT0101 R06/14 Replaces 0612CT0101 R02/14 07/2014
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Author : Schneider Electric Create Date : 2014:06:25 11:28:00-05:00 Keywords : class 612, catalog, r-frame, p-frame, NS630b, NS3200, electronic trip circuit breaker Modify Date : 2014:06:25 11:35:12-05:00 Subject : P-frame, R-frame and NS630b-NS3200 Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers Class 612 Catalog XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26 Format : application/pdf Creator : Schneider Electric Description : P-frame, R-frame and NS630b-NS3200 Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers Class 612 Catalog Title : 0612CT0101R0614.book Creator Tool : FrameMaker 10.0.2 Metadata Date : 2014:06:25 11:35:12-05:00 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 10.1.10 (Windows) Document ID : uuid:3e341e1b-fb2c-45b3-828a-d3f3bc455195 Instance ID : uuid:9f160941-a540-4a71-bd05-7759d07702cc Page Count : 156EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools